EX350i Service Manual

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 155

SVM152-A

JULY, 2000

Cleveland, Ohio 44117-1199 U.S.A. TEL: 216.481.8100 FAX: 216.486.1751 WEB SITE: www.lincolnelectric.com
Copyright © 2000 Lincoln Global Inc.
AU E N
EC O D TIO

N
CIO
PR VIS TEN

ing
sc
ipi
ad t ut
er un
A T

tu cid ing
te
tin sc
A

ec ipi
ns od
co ism ad t ut
et eu at tuer un
INVERTEC V350-PRO

am h er te cid ing
! sit
lor m
y
nib am ec
qu co
ns od
tin
ipi
sc
ad t ut
do umm ali et ism
nnu na eu at tuer un
sc
ing
um no am h er te cid
ips m mag sit tin ipi
nib am ec ad t ut
m dia e lor my qu
! re lor
Lo ed do do nnuum ali et
t,
m
na

ns od er
co ism
eu at te tin
tu cid
un
eli et um no am h er ec

• Sales and Service through Subsidiaries and Distributors Worldwide •


re ips m mag nib am ns od
sit co ism
lao m dia e y
re lor lor m quet
Lo ed do do umm aliam h eu erat ing
t, nnu na sc
G

eli et um no sit nib ipi


am
re ips
m mlor m
ag y
qu ad t ut
lao m er un
re dia edo umm ali tu cid
lor nnu na
IN

Lo ed doum no te ing
t, ag ec tin sc
eli et ips m m ns od ipi
rem dia e co ad ut
t
laore ed lor ism
G

et eu at er un ing
WA ARN

Lo do sc
t,
et am h er tetu cid ipi
eli tin
re sit
y
nib am ec ad t ut
IN

lao lor m qu ns od er un ing


do umm ali co ism tu cid sc
nnu na et eu at te ipi
ing um no ec tin
sc am h er ad t ut
ips m mag ns od
RN

ipi sit nib am co ism er un


ad t ut re
m dia e y
et eu at te
tu cid
lor m
W

er un lor qu
Lo ed do do umm ali am h er ec tin
tu cid ing t,
te et nnu na sit nib am ns od
ec tin sc eli um no y co ism
re
ns od ipi ips m mag lor m quet
ad t ut lao m do umm ali eu at
co ism
re dia e nnu na am h er ng
et eu at tuer un lor ci
! sit
am h
nib am ec
er te
tin
cid
ipi
sc
ing
Lo ed do
eli
t,
re
et
um no
ips m maglor
m dia e do mm ali
sit
y
nib am
qu
is
ip ut
y ns od ad nt
lor m qu co ad t ut lao
re lor na nnuum
do umm ali et ism Lo ed do um no er du ng
t,
nnu na eu at tuer un
eli et ips m mag tu ci ci
um no am h er te cid rem te tin is
dia e ip ut
! re
ips m
m dia e lor my qu
lor
m
ag sit
m

nib am ec
ns od
co ism

tin
ipi
sc
ing laore
Lo ed do
t,
et
lor ec
ns mod
ad nt
er du
Lo ed do do nnuum ali et ad t ut
eli
re co is tu ci
For use with machine code numbers 10651, 10669

t, na eu at
eli et um no
re ips m mag
am h er er
tu cid
un lao et eu erat te tin
sit nib am te
bh m ec od
t am
lao m dia e y ec tin
lor m qu ns
si y ni ua co ism
re lor ing
Lo ed do do umm ali ns od sc
t, nnu na co ism r iq
eli et um no et eu at
ipi
ad t ut lo mm al et eu at
re ips ag er
am h do nu num na t am bh m
m m er er un
lao m e tu ing
re dia sit nib am cid m ni
te ag
su no m r si y iqua
lor y tin sc
Lo ed do lor m qu ec ipi
t,
eli et do umm ali ns od ad t ut ip am lo m al
re um no
nnu na co ism er un m di lore do umm
lao ips m mag et eu at tu cid re ed do m nu n na
am h er ecte tin
re
m dia e
sit nib am ns od
Lo it, t su no mag
lor
Lo ed do lor m
y
qu co ism ing
el ee ip am re
t, or
eli
re
et do umm ali et eu at
nnu na am h ipi
sc la rem di lo
um no er ed do
ad t ut

• World's Leader in Welding and Cutting Products •


lao
ips m mag sit y nib am Lo it, t
er un
m dia e lor m qu tu cid el ee
re lor do umm ali te
tin
or
Lo ed do
t, um no
nnu na ec la
eli et ag ns od ng
re ips m m co ism ci
lao rem dia e et eu at is
lor am h er
ip ut
Lo ed do ad nt
t, sit am nib
eli et
lor m
y
qu er du ng
re
do umm ali tu ci ci
lao nnu na te tin is
um no ip ut
ips m mag
ec ad nt
m dia e ns mod er du
re lor co is tu ci
Lo ed do
t, et eu erat te tin
et
eli
bh m ec od
t am
re
ns
lao si y ni ua co ism
r iq
lo mm al et eu at
er
do nu num na t am bh m
m ag ni
su no m r si y iqua
ip am lo m al
m di lore do umm
re ed do m nu n na
Lo it, t su no mag
el ee ip am re
or
la rem di lo
ed do
Lo it, t
el ee
or
la
S
AL

ER
IN

CT

W
RM

RO

SERVICE MANUAL
LE

PO
TE

SE
D
WEL

-P
LTS

50
VO

V3
V

F
ON

OF
EC
UT
TP

RT
OU

VE
A
PS

TE
IN
MO
AM

RE
A

IC

G
IN
TR

RN
ELOLN

WA
EC
C
LIN

EQUIPMENT WITHOUT READ-


equipment is designed and built

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS CON-


. . . and thoughtful operation on
increased by proper installation
Lincoln arc welding and cutting

TAINED THROUGHOUT. And,


ING THIS MANUAL AND THE
your part. DO NOT INSTALL,
with safety in mind. However,

most importantly, think before


Safety Depends on You

OPERATE OR REPAIR THIS


your overall safety can be

you act and be careful.


i i
SAFETY
WARNING
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNINGS
Diesel engine exhaust and some of its constituents The engine exhaust from this product contains
are known to the State of California to cause can- chemicals known to the State of California to cause
cer, birth defects, and other reproductive harm. cancer, birth defects, or other reproductive harm.
The Above For Diesel Engines The Above For Gasoline Engines
ARC WELDING CAN BE HAZARDOUS. PROTECT YOURSELF AND OTHERS FROM POSSIBLE SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH.
KEEP CHILDREN AWAY. PACEMAKER WEARERS SHOULD CONSULT WITH THEIR DOCTOR BEFORE OPERATING.

Read and understand the following safety highlights. For additional safety information, it is strongly recommended that you
purchase a copy of “Safety in Welding & Cutting - ANSI Standard Z49.1” from the American Welding Society, P.O. Box 351040,
Miami, Florida 33135 or CSA Standard W117.2-1974. A Free copy of “Arc Welding Safety” booklet E205 is available from the
Lincoln Electric Company, 22801 St. Clair Avenue, Cleveland, Ohio 44117-1199.

BE SURE THAT ALL INSTALLATION, OPERATION, MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR PROCEDURES ARE
PERFORMED ONLY BY QUALIFIED INDIVIDUALS.

FOR ENGINE 1.h. To avoid scalding, do not remove the


radiator pressure cap when the engine is
powered equipment. hot.
1.a. Turn the engine off before troubleshooting and maintenance
work unless the maintenance work requires it to be running.
____________________________________________________
1.b. Operate engines in open, well-ventilated
areas or vent the engine exhaust fumes
outdoors.

ELECTRIC AND
MAGNETIC FIELDS
____________________________________________________
1.c. Do not add the fuel near an open flame weld- may be dangerous
ing arc or when the engine is running. Stop
the engine and allow it to cool before refuel- 2.a. Electric current flowing through any conductor causes
ing to prevent spilled fuel from vaporizing on localized Electric and Magnetic Fields (EMF). Welding
contact with hot engine parts and igniting. Do current creates EMF fields around welding cables and
not spill fuel when filling tank. If fuel is spilled, welding machines
wipe it up and do not start engine until fumes
have been eliminated. 2.b. EMF fields may interfere with some pacemakers, and
____________________________________________________ welders having a pacemaker should consult their physician
1.d. Keep all equipment safety guards, covers and devices in posi- before welding.
tion and in good repair.Keep hands, hair, clothing and tools
away from V-belts, gears, fans and all other moving parts 2.c. Exposure to EMF fields in welding may have other health
when starting, operating or repairing equipment. effects which are now not known.
____________________________________________________

1.e. In some cases it may be necessary to remove safety 2.d. All welders should use the following procedures in order to
guards to perform required maintenance. Remove minimize exposure to EMF fields from the welding circuit:
guards only when necessary and replace them when the
maintenance requiring their removal is complete. 2.d.1. Route the electrode and work cables together - Secure
Always use the greatest care when working near moving them with tape when possible.
parts.
___________________________________________________ 2.d.2. Never coil the electrode lead around your body.
1.f. Do not put your hands near the engine fan.
Do not attempt to override the governor or 2.d.3. Do not place your body between the electrode and
idler by pushing on the throttle control rods work cables. If the electrode cable is on your right
while the engine is running. side, the work cable should also be on your right side.

2.d.4. Connect the work cable to the workpiece as close as


possible to the area being welded.
___________________________________________________
1.g. To prevent accidentally starting gasoline engines while 2.d.5. Do not work next to welding power source.
turning the engine or welding generator during maintenance
work, disconnect the spark plug wires, distributor cap or
magneto wire as appropriate. Mar ‘95
ii ii
SAFETY
ELECTRIC SHOCK can kill. ARC RAYS can burn.
3.a. The electrode and work (or ground) circuits 4.a. Use a shield with the proper filter and cover
are electrically “hot” when the welder is on. plates to protect your eyes from sparks and
Do not touch these “hot” parts with your bare the rays of the arc when welding or observing
skin or wet clothing. Wear dry, hole-free open arc welding. Headshield and filter lens
gloves to insulate hands. should conform to ANSI Z87. I standards.

3.b. Insulate yourself from work and ground using dry insulation. 4.b. Use suitable clothing made from durable flame-resistant
Make certain the insulation is large enough to cover your full material to protect your skin and that of your helpers from
area of physical contact with work and ground. the arc rays.

In addition to the normal safety precautions, if welding 4.c. Protect other nearby personnel with suitable, non-flammable
must be performed under electrically hazardous screening and/or warn them not to watch the arc nor expose
conditions (in damp locations or while wearing wet themselves to the arc rays or to hot spatter or metal.
clothing; on metal structures such as floors, gratings or
scaffolds; when in cramped positions such as sitting,
kneeling or lying, if there is a high risk of unavoidable or FUMES AND GASES
accidental contact with the workpiece or ground) use
the following equipment: can be dangerous.
• Semiautomatic DC Constant Voltage (Wire) Welder. 5.a. Welding may produce fumes and gases
• DC Manual (Stick) Welder. hazardous to health. Avoid breathing these
• AC Welder with Reduced Voltage Control. fumes and gases.When welding, keep
your head out of the fume. Use enough
3.c. In semiautomatic or automatic wire welding, the electrode, ventilation and/or exhaust at the arc to keep
electrode reel, welding head, nozzle or semiautomatic fumes and gases away from the breathing zone. When
welding gun are also electrically “hot”. welding with electrodes which require special
ventilation such as stainless or hard facing (see
3.d. Always be sure the work cable makes a good electrical instructions on container or MSDS) or on lead or
connection with the metal being welded. The connection cadmium plated steel and other metals or coatings
should be as close as possible to the area being welded. which produce highly toxic fumes, keep exposure as
low as possible and below Threshold Limit Values (TLV)
3.e. Ground the work or metal to be welded to a good electrical using local exhaust or mechanical ventilation. In
(earth) ground. confined spaces or in some circumstances, outdoors, a
respirator may be required. Additional precautions are
3.f. Maintain the electrode holder, work clamp, welding cable and also required when welding on galvanized steel.
welding machine in good, safe operating condition. Replace
5.b. Do not weld in locations near chlorinated hydrocarbon vapors
damaged insulation.
coming from degreasing, cleaning or spraying operations.
The heat and rays of the arc can react with solvent vapors to
3.g. Never dip the electrode in water for cooling.
form phosgene, a highly toxic gas, and other irritating
products.
3.h. Never simultaneously touch electrically “hot” parts of
electrode holders connected to two welders because voltage
5.c. Shielding gases used for arc welding can displace air and
between the two can be the total of the open circuit voltage
cause injury or death. Always use enough ventilation,
of both welders.
especially in confined areas, to insure breathing air is safe.
3.i. When working above floor level, use a safety belt to protect
5.d. Read and understand the manufacturer’s instructions for this
yourself from a fall should you get a shock.
equipment and the consumables to be used, including the
material safety data sheet (MSDS) and follow your
3.j. Also see Items 6.c. and 8.
employer’s safety practices. MSDS forms are available from
your welding distributor or from the manufacturer.

5.e. Also see item 1.b.


Mar ‘95
iii iii
SAFETY

WELDING SPARKS can CYLINDER may explode


cause fire or explosion. if damaged.
6.a. Remove fire hazards from the welding area.
If this is not possible, cover them to prevent 7.a. Use only compressed gas cylinders
the welding sparks from starting a fire. containing the correct shielding gas for the
Remember that welding sparks and hot process used and properly operating
materials from welding can easily go through small cracks regulators designed for the gas and
and openings to adjacent areas. Avoid welding near pressure used. All hoses, fittings, etc. should be suitable for
hydraulic lines. Have a fire extinguisher readily available. the application and maintained in good condition.

6.b. Where compressed gases are to be used at the job site, 7.b. Always keep cylinders in an upright position securely
special precautions should be used to prevent hazardous chained to an undercarriage or fixed support.
situations. Refer to “Safety in Welding and Cutting” (ANSI
Standard Z49.1) and the operating information for the 7.c. Cylinders should be located:
equipment being used. • Away from areas where they may be struck or subjected to
physical damage.
6.c. When not welding, make certain no part of the electrode
circuit is touching the work or ground. Accidental contact can • A safe distance from arc welding or cutting operations and
cause overheating and create a fire hazard. any other source of heat, sparks, or flame.

6.d. Do not heat, cut or weld tanks, drums or containers until the 7.d. Never allow the electrode, electrode holder or any other
proper steps have been taken to insure that such procedures electrically “hot” parts to touch a cylinder.
will not cause flammable or toxic vapors from substances
inside. They can cause an explosion even though they have 7.e. Keep your head and face away from the cylinder valve outlet
been “cleaned”. For information, purchase “Recommended when opening the cylinder valve.
Safe Practices for the Preparation for Welding and Cutting of
Containers and Piping That Have Held Hazardous 7.f. Valve protection caps should always be in place and hand
Substances”, AWS F4.1 from the American Welding Society tight except when the cylinder is in use or connected for
use.
(see address above).
7.g. Read and follow the instructions on compressed gas
6.e. Vent hollow castings or containers before heating, cutting or
cylinders, associated equipment, and CGA publication P-l,
welding. They may explode.
“Precautions for Safe Handling of Compressed Gases in
Cylinders,” available from the Compressed Gas Association
6.f. Sparks and spatter are thrown from the welding arc. Wear oil
1235 Jefferson Davis Highway, Arlington, VA 22202.
free protective garments such as leather gloves, heavy shirt,
cuffless trousers, high shoes and a cap over your hair. Wear
ear plugs when welding out of position or in confined places.
Always wear safety glasses with side shields when in a FOR ELECTRICALLY
welding area. powered equipment.
6.g. Connect the work cable to the work as close to the welding
8.a. Turn off input power using the disconnect
area as practical. Work cables connected to the building
switch at the fuse box before working on
framework or other locations away from the welding area
the equipment.
increase the possibility of the welding current passing
through lifting chains, crane cables or other alternate circuits.
8.b. Install equipment in accordance with the U.S. National
This can create fire hazards or overheat lifting chains or
Electrical Code, all local codes and the manufacturer’s
cables until they fail.
recommendations.
6.h. Also see item 1.c.
8.c. Ground the equipment in accordance with the U.S. National
Electrical Code and the manufacturer’s recommendations.

Mar ‘95
iv iv
SAFETY
6. Eloigner les matériaux inflammables ou les recouvrir afin de
PRÉCAUTIONS DE SÛRETÉ prévenir tout risque d’incendie dû aux étincelles.
Pour votre propre protection lire et observer toutes les instructions
et les précautions de sûreté specifiques qui parraissent dans ce 7. Quand on ne soude pas, poser la pince à une endroit isolé de
manuel aussi bien que les précautions de sûreté générales suiv- la masse. Un court-circuit accidental peut provoquer un
antes: échauffement et un risque d’incendie.

Sûreté Pour Soudage A L’Arc 8. S’assurer que la masse est connectée le plus prés possible de
1. Protegez-vous contre la secousse électrique: la zone de travail qu’il est pratique de le faire. Si on place la
masse sur la charpente de la construction ou d’autres endroits
a. Les circuits à l’électrode et à la piéce sont sous tension éloignés de la zone de travail, on augmente le risque de voir
quand la machine à souder est en marche. Eviter toujours passer le courant de soudage par les chaines de levage,
tout contact entre les parties sous tension et la peau nue câbles de grue, ou autres circuits. Cela peut provoquer des
ou les vétements mouillés. Porter des gants secs et sans risques d’incendie ou d’echauffement des chaines et des
trous pour isoler les mains. câbles jusqu’à ce qu’ils se rompent.
b. Faire trés attention de bien s’isoler de la masse quand on
soude dans des endroits humides, ou sur un plancher met- 9. Assurer une ventilation suffisante dans la zone de soudage.
allique ou des grilles metalliques, principalement dans Ceci est particuliérement important pour le soudage de tôles
les positions assis ou couché pour lesquelles une grande galvanisées plombées, ou cadmiées ou tout autre métal qui
partie du corps peut être en contact avec la masse. produit des fumeés toxiques.
c. Maintenir le porte-électrode, la pince de masse, le câble de
soudage et la machine à souder en bon et sûr état defonc- 10. Ne pas souder en présence de vapeurs de chlore provenant
tionnement. d’opérations de dégraissage, nettoyage ou pistolage. La
d.Ne jamais plonger le porte-électrode dans l’eau pour le chaleur ou les rayons de l’arc peuvent réagir avec les vapeurs
refroidir. du solvant pour produire du phosgéne (gas fortement toxique)
e. Ne jamais toucher simultanément les parties sous tension ou autres produits irritants.
des porte-électrodes connectés à deux machines à souder
parce que la tension entre les deux pinces peut être le total 11. Pour obtenir de plus amples renseignements sur la sûreté, voir
de la tension à vide des deux machines. le code “Code for safety in welding and cutting” CSA Standard
f. Si on utilise la machine à souder comme une source de W 117.2-1974.
courant pour soudage semi-automatique, ces precautions
pour le porte-électrode s’applicuent aussi au pistolet de
soudage.

2. Dans le cas de travail au dessus du niveau du sol, se protéger


PRÉCAUTIONS DE SÛRETÉ POUR
contre les chutes dans le cas ou on recoit un choc. Ne jamais LES MACHINES À SOUDER À
enrouler le câble-électrode autour de n’importe quelle partie du
corps.
TRANSFORMATEUR ET À
REDRESSEUR
3. Un coup d’arc peut être plus sévère qu’un coup de soliel, donc:

a. Utiliser un bon masque avec un verre filtrant approprié ainsi 1. Relier à la terre le chassis du poste conformement au code de
qu’un verre blanc afin de se protéger les yeux du rayon- l’électricité et aux recommendations du fabricant. Le dispositif
nement de l’arc et des projections quand on soude ou de montage ou la piece à souder doit être branché à une
quand on regarde l’arc. bonne mise à la terre.
b. Porter des vêtements convenables afin de protéger la peau
de soudeur et des aides contre le rayonnement de l‘arc. 2. Autant que possible, I’installation et l’entretien du poste seront
c. Protéger l’autre personnel travaillant à proximité au effectués par un électricien qualifié.
soudage à l’aide d’écrans appropriés et non-inflammables.
3. Avant de faires des travaux à l’interieur de poste, la debranch-
4. Des gouttes de laitier en fusion sont émises de l’arc de er à l’interrupteur à la boite de fusibles.
soudage. Se protéger avec des vêtements de protection libres
de l’huile, tels que les gants en cuir, chemise épaisse, pan- 4. Garder tous les couvercles et dispositifs de sûreté à leur place.
talons sans revers, et chaussures montantes.

5. Toujours porter des lunettes de sécurité dans la zone de


soudage. Utiliser des lunettes avec écrans lateraux dans les
zones où l’on pique le laitier.
v v
MASTER TABLE OF CONTENTS FOR ALL SECTIONS

Page

Safety.................................................................................................................................................i-iv

Installation .............................................................................................................................Section A

Operation...............................................................................................................................Section B

Accessories...........................................................................................................................Section C

Maintenance .........................................................................................................................Section D

Theory of Operation .............................................................................................................Section E

Troubleshooting and Repair.................................................................................................Section F


How to Use Troubleshooting Guide............................................................................................F-2
Troubleshooting Guide ................................................................................................................F-4
Test Procedures ........................................................................................................................F-15
Replacement Procedures .........................................................................................................F-51

Electrical Diagrams ..............................................................................................................Section G

Parts Manual ....................................................................................................................P-369 Series

V350-PRO
SectionA-1 Section A-1
TABLE OF CONTENTS
- INSTALLATION SECTION -

Installation

Technical Specifications .............................................................................................................A-2


Input Grounding Connections ....................................................................................................A-3
Power Cord Connection .............................................................................................................A-3
Single Phase Input ...............................................................................................................A-3
Three Phase Input ................................................................................................................A-3
Parallel Operation .......................................................................................................................A-3
Quick Disconnect Plugs .............................................................................................................A-3
A-2 INSTALLATION A-2

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS - INVERTEC V350-PRO


INPUT AC VOLTAGE & DC OUTPUT

Product Ordering Input AC Rated DC Output Output Weight


Name Information Voltage Amps/Volts/Duty Cycle Range with Cord HxWxD
(continuous)

K1728-1 200-230 / 200-230/ 350A / 34V / 60%


Factory 380-415/ Factory
460-480/ 275A / 31V / 100% 82.5lbs 14.7”x12.5”x
Invertec 575 (37.4 kg) 27.8”*
V350- K1728-2 3 Phase AMPS (373x318x
PRO Construction 60/50 Hz 5-425 Construction 706*)mm
60/50 Hz 81.5lbs
208-230/ 350A / 34V / 60% (36.9 kg) * Includes
K1728-3 415/ handles
“CE” 460-480/ 275A / 31V /100%
575
1 Phase

* Overall Length Including Handle, 27.8” (706mm) without handle.

V350-PRO INPUT CURRENT


Recommended Fuse Sizes Based On The U.S. National Electrical Code And Maximum Machine Outputs
Input 50/60 Hz Output Recommended
Voltage Phases 275Amps@ 350Amps@ Line Cord Size Fuse Size Notes
31Volts(100%) 34Volts(60%)
208 1 70 94 2 125A Note 1
230 1 62 85 4 125A Note 1
415 1 38 54 6 80A Note 1
460 1 34 42 8 70A
575 1 27 37 8 50A
200 3 37 50 8 80A Note 1
208 3 36 50 6 80A Note 1
230 3 31 42 8 70A
380 3 21 28 8 50A
400 3 20 27 8 50A
415 3 19 26 8 50A
460 3 17 23 8 50A
575 3 14 18 8 35A
1. When operating on these inputs, the line cord should be changed to an input conductor of 6 AWG or larger.

OUTPUT CABLES, CONNECTIONS AND LIMITATIONS

Select the output cable size based upon the following chart.
Cable sizes for Combined Length of Electrode and Work Cable (Copper) 75C rated:
DUTY CYCLE CURRENT LENGTH UP 61m (200 FT) 61-76m (200-250 FT)
100% 275 1/0 1/0
60% 350 1/0 2/0
A-3 A-3
INSTALLATION
INSTALLATION Single Phase Input
1. Connect green lead to ground per U.S. National
WARNING Electrical Code.
ELECTRIC SHOCK can kill. 2. Connect black and white leads to power.
3. Wrap red lead with tape to provide 600V insulation.
• TURN THE INPUT POWER OFF AT
THE DISCONNECT SWITCH BEFORE Three Phase Input
ATTEMPTING TO CONNECT OR DIS- 1. Connect green lead to ground per U.S. National
CONNECT INPUT POWER LINES, OUTPUT Electric Code.
CABLES, OR CONTROL CABLES. 2. Connect black, red and white leads to power.
• Only qualified personnel should perform this Install in accordance with all local and national
installation. electric codes.
• Connect the green lead of the power cord to
ground per U.S. National Electrical Code. PARALLEL OPERATION
--------------------------------------------------------------------
The V350-Pro are operable in parallel in CC mode.
INPUT AND GROUNDING CONNECTIONS For best results, the currents of each machine should
1. Only a qualified electrician should connect the be reasonably well shared. As an example, with two
Invertec V350-PRO. Installation should be made machines set up in parallel for a 400 amp procedure,
in accordance with the U.S. National Electrical each machine should be set to deliver approximately
Code, all local codes and the information detailed 200 amps, not 300 amps from one and 100 amps
below. from the other. This will minimize nuisance shutdown
2. When received directly from the factory, multiple conditions. In general, more than two machines in
voltage machines are internally connected for parallel will not be effective due to the voltage
460VAC. If 460VAC is the desired input, then the requirements of procedures in that power range.
machine may be connected to the power system To set machine outputs, start with output control pots
without any setup required inside the machine. and arc control pots in identical positions. Use the
3. Initial 200VAC - 415VAC and 575VAC operation output control pots to balance the currents and main-
will require an Input voltage panel setup. tain the desired voltage or current. The arc control
pots should be kept identical on the two machines.
• Open the access panel on the rear of the
machine. QUICK DISCONNECT PLUGS
• For 200 or 230: Position the large switch to 200-
230. A quick disconnect system is used for the welding
For higher voltages: Position the large switch to cable connections. The welding plug included with the
380-575. machine is designed to accept a welding cable size of
• Move the "A" lead to the appropriate terminal. 1/0 to 2/0.
POWER CORD CONNECTION 1. Remote 25mm (1 in.) of welding cable insulation.
A 10 ft. (3.0m) power cord is provided and wired into
the machine. Follow the power cord connection 2. Slide rubber boot onto cable end. The boot end
instructions. Incorrect connection may result in equip- may be trimmed to match the cable diameter.
ment damage. Soap or other lubricant will help to slide the boot
over the cable.
BOOT
WELDING CABLE
BLACK
GREEN
RED
!
W R
!

A NIN
R
W

N G
Lorem ed dolore dolor ummy a aliqua

A
elit,

IN
ipsum
laoree

diam
Lorem ed dolore dolor ummy aliqua

dolor ummy aliqua


t

G
elit,

nonum
non

sit
ipsum
laoree

amet
magn sit y nibh m

m
diam
Lorem ed dolore

conse
t

nibh m
a
nonum
non
elit,

ipsum

euism at

ctetue tincid
amet
laoree

magn sit

m
diam

od
erat
er ctetue tincid

r
conse

adipis ut
Lorem ed dolore

nonum
non

euism at
elit,

cing
unt
amet
ipsum

magn

m
laoree

od
y

erat
er

r
conse

adipis ut
diam

nibh m
dolor ummy aliqua

!
t
Lorem ed dolore

euism at
nonum
non

ctetue tincid

cing
unt
sit
elit,

amet

od
ipsum

magn

erat
er

r
m

A IS C
adipis ut
laoree

conse
nibh m
Lorem ed dolore

diam

a
dolor ummy aliqua

T O A
cing
unt

! P
t

euism at
elit,

ctetue tincid
nonum
non

WHITE
ipsum

sit

A RE

T
laoree

amet

od
erat
er

r
diam

magn

adipis ut
m
dolor ummy aliqua

V
y
t

E D UC
conse
nibh m
non
nonum

a amet euism erat

cing
unt
sit
Lorem ed dolore

euism at

ctetue tincid

N E IO
magn

m
elit,

Lorem ed dolore dolor ummy a aliqua


conse

od
ipsum

nibh m

erat
er ctetue tincid

r
Lore

adipis ut
laoree

T
elit,
diam
elit,

ipsum
dolor ummy aliqua
m diam re dolo umm

cing
unt
t

laoree

IO
ipsu
laore m diam

nonum
non

od
ed dolo m nonu

diam
er

Lorem ed dolore dolor ummy aliqua


sit

dolor ummy aliqua


adipis ut
Lore

at
amet

t
m nonu

magn

elit,
et

nonum
non
m

sit
elit,

ipsum
dolo umm na ame

cing
y

unt
conse

N
nibh m

laoree

amet
a
ipsu

non
laore

magn sit y nibh m

m
diam
ed dolo

Lorem ed dolore nonum

y
euism at
sit y nibh cons mod

ctetue tincid

conse
t

nibh m
a
mag r

mm aliqu

non
nonum
et

ame

elit,
od

ipsum

euism at
erat
er

ctetue tincid
amet
adipis ut

laoree ed
Lorem
non

magn sit
t conseuis at tuer

m
diam dolor ummy aliqua

od
re

sit y nibh

erat
er ctetue tincid

r
conse
cing

elit,
unt

adipis ut
t ipsum non
mag

mm aliqu

nonum
non
ecte

laoree

euism at
am

cing
unt
diam

amet
na

t euis at

mod

magn m
tuer

m
t dolore
erat
er

od
y

erat
er

r
Lorem ed dolore dolor ummy aliqua

conse

adipis ut
nibh m
sit
a amet

N
tinci

adip
ecte

elit,

euism atctetue tincid


am

magn

ctetue tincid

cing
unt
ipsum
dunt

iscin

y
laoree

conse
nibh m
erat
er

od
diam

erat
er

r
Lorem ed dolore

dolor ummy aliqua conse

adipis ut
g
ut

euism at
tinci

t
adip

nonum
non
elit,

sit

cing
unt cing
ipsum
dunt

od
iscin

amet

erat
er

r
laoree

adipis ut
magn sit

m
diam

y
g
ut

conse
nibh m
t

unt
non
nonum

euism at

ctetue tincid
amet
Lore

Lorem ed dolore nonum

magn

od
erat
er

r
y

adipis ut
elit,

nibh m
m diam re dolo umm

elit,

a
ipsum
ipsu
laore m diam

euism at
ed dolo m nonu

cing
laoree

ctetue tincid

unt
Lorem ed dolore
Lore

diam dolor ummy aliqua adip


m nonu

dolor ummy aliqua euism at


et

elit,

od
t ipsum non

erat
er

r
elit,

dolo umm na ame

adipis ut
nonum
non

sit
laoree
ipsu

non
laore

ed dolo

amet
r

diam

cing
unt
magn m
sit y nibh cons mod

m
t

y
mag r

mm aliqu
et

25 mm
conse
ame

nibh m
sit
a amet

euism atctetue tincid


non

t conseuis at tuer

ctetue tincid
magn
re

y
sit y nibh

conse
nibh m

od
a

erat
er

r
mag

mm aliqu

adipis ut
ecte
am
na

t euis at

mod

cing
tuer

unt
erat
er

od
erat
er

r
adipis ut
tinci
ecte
am

cing
unt
dunt

iscin
erat
er

g
ut
tinci

adip
dunt

iscin
g
ut

TRIM
1 in.
A AMP
S

V VOL
TS

A
OUT
LIN PUT
CO WEL
EL LN D
TER
EC MINA
TR LS
IC

3. Slide the copper tube into the brass plug.


WARN
IN SEL
ING
VE ECT

RT
REMO
TE
EC
V 35
0-
PR
O
POWE
R

ON

OFF

4. Insert cable into copper tube.


A-4 A-4
INSTALLATION
SET SCREW

BRASS PLUG
COPPER TUBE

5. Tighten set screw to collapse copper tube. Screw


must apply pressure against welding cable. The
top of the set screw will be well below the surface
of the brass plug after tightening.

6. Slide rubber boot over brass plug. The rubber


boot must be positioned to completely cover all
electrical surfaces after the plug is locked into the
receptacle.
Section B-1 Section B-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS
- OPERATION SECTION -
Operation...............................................................................................................................Section B
Operating Instructions ................................................................................................................B-2
Product Description .............................................................................................................B-2
Duty Cycle ............................................................................................................................B-2
Operational Features and Controls ............................................................................................B-2
Upper Control Panel ...................................................................................................................B-2
Amps Meter..........................................................................................................................B-2
Volt Meter .............................................................................................................................B-2
Output Control......................................................................................................................B-2
Weld Terminals .....................................................................................................................B-2
Thermal.................................................................................................................................B-3
Control Remote ....................................................................................................................B-3
Hidden Middle Control Panel .....................................................................................................B-3
Weld Mode Select ................................................................................................................B-3
CC-Stick Soft..................................................................................................................B-3
CC-Stick Crisp................................................................................................................B-3
TIG GTAW .......................................................................................................................B-4
CV-Wire ...........................................................................................................................B-4
CV-Flux Cored ................................................................................................................B-4
Hot Start & Arc Control ........................................................................................................B-4
Lower Case Front .......................................................................................................................B-4
CV Modes.............................................................................................................................B-4
TIG Mode .............................................................................................................................B-5
CC-Stick Modes...................................................................................................................B-5
Types of Remote Output Control................................................................................................B-5
Types of Remote Weld Terminal Control ....................................................................................B-5
Design Features and Advantages...............................................................................................B-5
Auxiliary Power ...........................................................................................................................B-6
Limitations...................................................................................................................................B-6
Recommended Processes..........................................................................................................B-6

V350-PRO
B-2 B-2
OPERATION
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS OPERATIONAL FEATURES and CONTROLS:

UPPER CONTROL PANEL


WARNING 1. AMPS Meter
ELECTRIC SHOCK can kill. • Prior to STICK or TIG operation (current flow), the
• Do not touch electrically live parts or meter displays preset current value (either 2 amps or
electrode with skin or wet clothing. +/- 3% (e.g. 3 amps on 100), whichever is greater).
• Insulate yourself from work and • Prior to CV operation, the meter displays four dash-
ground. es indicating non-presetable AMPS.
• Always wear dry insulating gloves. • During welding, this meter displays actual average
------------------------------------------------------------------------ amps.
FUMES AND GASES can be dangerous. • After welding, the meter holds the actual current
• Keep your head out of fumes. value for 5 seconds. Output adjustment while in the
• Use ventilation or exhaust to remove "hold" period results in the "prior to operation" char-
fumes from breathing zone. acteristics stated above. The displays blink indicat-
------------------------------------------------------- ing that the machine is in the "Hold" period.
-----------------
WELDING SPARKS can cause fire or 2. VOLT METER
explosion. • Prior to CV operation (current flow), the meter dis-
• Keep flammable material away. plays desired preset voltage value (+/- .5V).
• Do not weld on closed containers. • Prior to STICK or TIG operation, the meter displays
the Open Circuit Voltage of the Power Source or
------------------------------------------------------------------------ four dashes if the output has not been turned on.
ARC RAYS can burn eyes and skin. • During welding, this meter displays actual average
• Wear eye, ear and body volts.
protection. • After welding, the meter holds the actual voltage
value for 5 seconds. The displays blink indicating
------------------------------------------------------------ that the machine is in the "Hold" period.
• Output adjustment while in the "hold" period results
in the "prior to operation" characteristics stated
See additional warning information at above.
front of this operators manual.
----------------------------------------------------------- 3. OUTPUT CONTROL
• Output control is conducted via a single turn poten-
GENERAL DESCRIPTION tiometer.
• Adjustment is indicated by the meters as stated
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION above.
• When in TIG modes, this control sets the maximum
The Invertec V350-Pro offers multi mode CV and CC welding current. Full depression of a foot or hand
DC welding and is rated 350 amps, 34 volts at a 60%
Amptrol results in the preset level of current.
duty cycle. The V350-Pro is available in European and
Rest of the World (North America and Export) versions.
Differences between these versions are input ratings 4. WELD TERMINALS-REMOTE , ON
and CE noise filtering. In the different configurations, • Two status lights indicate the location of trigger
the V350-Pro is available in either a construction ver- control as determined by the "WELD TERMINALS"
sion (no wire feeder connection and auxiliary power) push button.
and a factory version (includes wire feeder connection • If trigger control is local "weld terminals on", the ON
and related power). display will be lit.
• If trigger control is remote "weld terminals remotely
controlled", the REMOTE display will be lit.
DUTY CYCLE • The unit will power up in "pre-determined preferred"
trigger modes.
The V350-Pro is rated at 350 amps, 60% duty cycle For the Construction version all modes ON.
(based on a 10 minute cycle). It is also rated at 275 For the Factory version
amps, 100% duty cycle. STICK = ON
TIG and CV = ON or REMOTE depending if remote
output controls are connected to the machine.

V350-PRO
B-3 B-3
OPERATION
For both the Construction and Factory versions, 7. WELD MODE SELECT
these trigger modes can be over-ridden (switched) The Mode Control button selects the following weld-
with the WELD TERMINALS push button. When ing modes desired.
changed, the unit will power up in the configuration it
was in when it was last powered down. CC-STICK SOFT: The Stick Soft process features
continuous control ranging from 5 to 425 amps. This
5. THERMAL mode was intended for most SMAW applications, and
• This status light indicates when the power source Arc Gouging.
has been driven into thermal overload. If the output
terminals were "ON", the "ON" light will blink indi- • Arc Gouging: Setting the output of the Stick Soft
cating that the output will be turned back on once mode to 425 amps will enable the arc-gouging
the unit cools down to an acceptable temperature mode. The actual output current will depend on
level. If the unit was operating in the "REMOTE" the size of carbon used. The recommended maxi-
mode, the trigger will need to be opened before or mum size carbon is 5/16".
after the thermal has cleared and closed after the • The Hot Start control regulates the starting current
machine has cooled down to an acceptable temper- at arc initiation. Hot Start can be adjusted from
ature to establish output. minimum (0), with no additional current added at
arc start, to maximum (10), with double the preset
6. CONTROL-REMOTE , LOCAL current or 425 amps (max of machine) added for
• Two status lights indicate the location of output the first second after arc initiation.
control as pre-determined by the power sources • The Arc Control regulates the Arc Force to adjust
auto-configure system. the short circuit current. The minimum setting (-10)
• The LOCAL display will be lit when control is at the will produce a "soft" arc and will produce minimal
power source. spatter. The maximum setting (+10) will produce a
• The REMOTE display will be lit when a remote "crisp" arc and will minimize electrode sticking.
pot/control is detected.
These Output Control configurations can be overrid- CC-STICK CRISP: The Stick Crisp mode features
den (switched) with the CONTROL push button. continuous control from 5 to 425 amps. This mode
When changed, the unit will power up in the configu- was intended primarily for pipe welding applications.
ration it was in when it was last powered down.
• The Hot Start control regulates the starting current
Hidden Middle Control Panel – Process at arc initiation. Hot Start can adjust starting cur-
Set Up Panel rent up or down by 25% of the preset value. The
The middle control panel is removable to allow for recommended setting for Hot Start is 5 where the
upgrades (see Field Installed Options/Accessories). initial current is equal to the preset current.
Additionally, this panel is hidden by an access door
to reduce appeared complexity and provide protection
to the controls.
Figure B.1 CASEFRONT

1
2
5 A MPS V OL
OLTS
TS

3
6 CONTROL
CONTROL WELD TERMINALS
REMOTE
REMOTE REMOTE
REMOTE
LOCAL ON
OUTPUT
SELECT SELECT
4
7 m WELD MODE

CC-STICK SOFT

CC-STICK CRISP 3
4
HOT
HOT STAR
START

5
6

7
ARC CONTROL

-4
CONTROL

-2
0
+2
+4

TIG GT
GTAW 2 8 -6 +6
CV-WIRE
CV-WIRE
1 9 -8 +8
SELECT
CV-FLUX
CV-FLUX CORED 0
10 -10 +10
SOFT CRISP

11 8

12 ON
OFF OFF OFF
9
OF F
OFF

10

V350-PRO
B-4 B-4
OPERATION
• The Arc Control regulates the relative Slope of the • The Hot Start control is not used in the CV-FLUX
process. Slope dynamically controls the force the CORED mode.
arc has to penetrate an open root. At the minimum • The Arc Control regulates pinch effect. At the mini-
setting, Arc Control is very soft and is similar to the mum setting (-10), minimizes pinch and results in a
Stick Soft mode. At the maximum setting, the slope soft arc. At the maximum setting (+10), maximizes
is reduced, the OCV is reduced, and the operator pinch effect and results in a crisp arc. Most self-
has full control off the arc force required to pene- shielded wires work well at an Arc Control setting of 5.
trate an open root joint. For vertical down, open
root pipe welding applications, the recommended 8. HOT START and ARC CONTROL features have
setting is between 8 and 10. different functions depending on the welding Mode
• During welding, a boost circuit increases the avail- that is active. Each feature is described under the
able voltage to minimize pop outs. The boost cir- welding mode heading. (See Item 7 for specified
cuit is independent of the OCV and only operates Mode Operation)
when an arc is lit.
LOWER CASE FRONT
TIG GTAW: The TIG mode features continuous con- The output studs, line switch and remote connector
trol from 5 to 425 amps. The TIG mode can be run in are located on the lower case front.
either the TIG touch start or high frequency assisted
start mode.
• The Hot Start control selects the starting mode 9. Both STUDS contain "Twist-Mate" connector
desired. A setting of less than 5, the TIG lift start inserts.
mode is selected. The OCV is controlled below 10v • The Negative stud is configured to accept the
and the short circuit "TIG touch" current is main- pass through gas system.
tained at 25 amps independent of the preset cur- 10. The ON-OFF switch is a 3-phase circuit breaker
rent. rated at 100 amps per leg.
When the tungsten is lifted, an arc is initiated and 11. The METER POLARITY switch is located above
the output is regulated at the preset value. Hot the output connectors. The switch provides a
start settings between 0 and 5 regulate the arc ini- work connection for wire feeder voltmeters.
tiation current. A setting of 5 results in the most Place the switch in the position of the electrode
positive arc initiation. A setting of 0 reduces hot polarity indicated by the decal. The switch does
start. not change the welding polarity.
12. 6-PIN AMPENOL for remote control.
• Hot Start settings between 5 and 10, select high
frequency assisted starting TIG mode. In this REMOTE CONTROL of the OUTPUT CONTROL
range, the OCV of the machine is controlled and WELD TERMINALS
between 50 and 70 volts. If using the Lincoln The Invertec V350-Pro has auto sensing of remote
K930-1 TIG Module, set the Hot start to 10 for output controls.If after connecting or removing a
maximum OCV. remote, the Invertec V350-Pro did not configured the
• The Arc Control is not used in the TIG mode. way you would like the local or remote control set-
tings can be changed by pushing the OUTPUT CON-
CV-WIRE: The CV-WIRE mode features continuous TROL or WELD TERMINAL button. (A user cannot
control from 10 to 40 volts. The mode was intended select between the 6 and 14 pin amphenols.)
for most GMAW, FCAW, and MCAW applications.
CV modes
• The Hot Start control is not used in the CV-WIRE • The remote will default to the 14-pin amphenol
mode. remote if a remote is connected to either of the 14-
• The Arc Control regulates pinch effect. At the mini- pin amphenols and the 6-pin amphenol. Note:
mum setting (-10), minimizes pinch and results in a Only one of the 14-pin amphenols can have a
soft arc. Low pinch settings are preferable for remote control connected at a time. If no remote is
welding with gas mixes containing mostly inert connected to either of the 14-pin amphenols then
gases. At the maximum setting (+10), maximizes the remote will default to the 6-pin amphenol if a
pinch effect and results in a crisp arc. High pinch remote is connected to it.
settings are preferable for welding FCAW and • If a remote control is connected to any of the
GMAW with CO2. amphenols the WELD TERMINAL control will
default to REMOTE. If there are not any remote
CV-FLUX CORED: The CV-FLUX CORED mode control devices attached the WELD TERMINAL
features continuous control from 10 to 45 volts. This control will default to ON.
mode was designed for self-shielded flux cored wires
that require tight voltage control.
V350-PRO
B-5 B-5
OPERATION
TIG mode Types of Remote WELD TERMINAL Control
• The remote will default to the 6-pin amphenol if a • The Invertec V350-Pro’s Weld Terminals can be
remote control is connected to the 6-pin amphenol controlled from each of the amphenol connectors.
and one of the 14-pin amphenols. If a remote is The circuit has a nominal OCV of 15VDC and
not connected to the 6-pin amphenol then the requires a dry contact closure (less than 100 ohms)
remote will default to the 14-pin amphenols if a to activate the output of the Invertec V350-Pro.
remote is connected to one of the 14-pin amphe- • 14 Pin Amphenols the Weld Terminals are controlled
nols. from pins C (lead 2) and pin D (lead 4). Pin C is
• If a remote control is connected to any of the positive.
amphenols the WELD TERMINAL control will • 6 Pin Amphenol the Weld Terminals are controlled
default to REMOTE. If there are not any remote from pin D (lead 2) and pin E (lead 4). In the 6-pin
control devices attached the WELD TERMINAL amphenol pin D is positive.
control will default to ON.
DESIGN FEATURES and ADVANTAGES
CC-Stick modes • Multiple process DC output range: 5 - 425 amps
• The remote will default to only the 6-pin amphenol if • Pre-settable welding outputs.
a remote is connected to it. • Built-in Line Voltage Compensation holds the output
• The WELD TERMINAL control will default to ON constant over +/- 10% input fluctuations.
with or without a remote connected. • State of the art inverter technology yields high
power efficiency, excellent welding performance,
Types of Remote OUTPUT CONTROL lightweight, and compact design.
• The Invertec V350-Pro’s Output Control can be • Utilizes microprocessor control.
controlled by either a potentiometer connected • Electronic over current protection.
between 77 & 75 with the wiper connected to 76 or • Input over voltage protection
a 0V to 10V DC supply connected between 76 & • Manual reconnect switch located on the back panel
75. (76 needs to be positive) with a clear reconnect door to allow easy determi-
• 14-Pin Amphenol lead 75 is pin G, lead 76 is pin F nation of input configuration. The reconnect door is
and lead 77 is pin E. fastened with _-turn connectors that allow quick
• 6-Pin Amphenol lead 75 is pin C, lead 76 is pin B and easy access to the reconnect area. Circuit
and lead 77 is pin A. breaker protected auxiliary.
• System Self Configure. The power source ana-
Potentiometer Control lyzes the remote controls connected to the amphe-
• The total resistance should be between 2000 ohms nols and the desired welding mode to properly
(2K) and 10,000 ohms (10K) determine the location of trigger and output control.
• The machine output will be at minimum when lead • Modular options for easy upgrades
76 (wiper) is at the end of the potentiometer that is • Back lit Status Lights for improved error communi-
connected to 75. The machine’s output will cation
increase as the wiper of the potentiometer is moved • Circuit Breaker Input Switch
to the end that is connected to 77. (Note: In TIG • F.A.N. (fan as needed). Cooling fan runs only when
mode, moving the lead 76 (wiper) to lead 77 would necessary
produce the current that has been set by the • Thermostatically protected.
Invertec V350-Pro’s front panel Output Control.) • Designed to the IEC 974-1 Standard.
• Remotes of this type offered by Lincoln Electric are • IP23S protection rating with potted PC boards for
the K857, K812 and K870. enhanced ruggedness/reliability.
• Modular construction for easy servicing.
Voltage Control • Aluminum Chassis and Wraparound
• The supply should be an isolated supply. (Not ref- • 10 Ft. Power Cord included.
erenced to earth ground, any auxiliary power from
the Invertec V350-Pro or the welding output) The
supply should be capable of supplying at least
20mA.
• 0 volts supplied to 76 will set the Invertec V350-Pro
to minimum output for the mode that has been
selected while 10 volts supplied to 76 will set the
Invertec V350-Pro to the maximum output for the
mode. (Note: In TIG mode, 10 volts supplied to
lead 76 would produce the current that has been

V350-PRO
B-6 B-6
OPERATION
Auxiliary Power
• 115VAC, 42VAC and 24VAC power is available
from the two 14-pin amphenols on the rear of the
unit. (K1728-2 Construction model of the Invertec
V350-Pro does not have the amphenols) These
supplies are intended to supply power for auxiliary
equipment like wire feeders and the TIG Module.
• 115VAC supply is rated at 2 amps and is protected
by a 2.5 amp breaker located by the amphenol.
• 42 VAC supply is rated at 5.5 amps and is protect-
ed by a 6 amp breaker located by the amphenol.
• 24 VAC supply is rated at 5.5 amps and is protect-
ed by a 6 amp breaker located by the amphenol.

Limitations
• The V350-Pro is not recommended for processes
other than those listed.
• The V350-Pro can only be used with the recom-
mended equipment and options.

Recommended Processes
Properly equipped, the Invertec V350-Pro supports
GMAW, FCAW, SMAW, GTAW and CAC-A
processes for a variety of materials, including mild
steel, stainless steel, cored wires, and aluminum.

V350-PRO
C-1 C-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS
- ACCESSORIES SECTION -
Accessories...........................................................................................................................Section C
Connection of Lincoln Electric Wire Feeders..............................................................C-2 Thru C-9
V350-PRO/LN-25 with Optional 6 Pin K441-1 Remote.......................................................C-2
V350-PRO/LN-25 with Optional 6 Pin K857 Remote ..........................................................C-3
LN-25 with K431 Remote Option.........................................................................................C-4
V350-PRO/LN-25 with K867 Adapter ..................................................................................C-5
V350-PRO/LN-7 with K480 Control Cable ..........................................................................C-6
V350-PRO/LN-7 with K867 Adapter ....................................................................................C-7
V350-PRO/LN-742 ...............................................................................................................C-8
V350-PRO/LN-10 with K1505 Control Cable ......................................................................C-9
Cobramatic & Tig......................................................................................................................C-10
Options Accessories.................................................................................................................C-10

V350-PRO
C-2 C-2
ACCESSORIES

CONNECTION OF LINCOLN ELEC-


4. Set the voltmeter switch to the electrode polarity
TRIC WIRE FEEDERS chosen.

CONNECTION OF THE LN-25 TO THE 5. Set “CONTROL SELECT” to “REMOTE”.


V350-PRO “ACROSS THE ARC” WITH 6. Set the “MODE” to the “CV-WIRE” position.
OPTIONAL 6 PIN K441-1 REMOTE CON-
TROL. 7. Set “WELD TERMINALS SELECT” to the “ON”

1. Remove input power to the V350-PRO. CAUTION


2. Connect the electrode cable to the output terminal position.
of polarity required by the electrode. Connect the
work lead to the other terminal. Welding cable If you are using an LN-25 without an internal con-
must be sized for current and duty cycle of the tactor, the electrode will be “HOT” when the V350-
application. PRO is energized.

3. Attach the single lead from the LN-25 control box 8. Set the “ARC CONTROL” to the “O” position and
to the work using the spring clip on the end of the then adjust to suit.
lead. This is only a control lead - it carries no
welding current.

Figure C.1 V350-PRO/LN-25 ACROSS THE ARC CONNECTION DIAGRAM

6 pin
Amphenol
Optional K444-1
Remote Control

LN-25
Wire Feeder
+ - Work Clip Lead

To Work
To Work
Electrode Cable

NOTE: Illustation shows electrode connected for negative polarity.

V350-PRO
C-3 C-3
ACCESSORIES
CONNECTION OF THE LN-25 TO THE
V350-PRO “ACROSS THE ARC” WITH 5. Set the voltmeter switch to the electrode polarity
chosen.
OPTIONAL 6 PIN K857 REMOTE CON-
TROL. 6. Set “CONTROL SELECT” to “REMOTE”.

1. Remove input power to the V350-PRO. 7. Set the “MODE” to the “CV-WIRE” position.

2. Connect the electrode cable to the output terminal 8. Set “WELD TERMINALS SELECT” to the “ON”
of polarity required by the electrode. Connect the
work lead to the other terminal. Welding cable CAUTION
must be sized for current and duty cycle of the
application. position.

3. Connect the K857 remote control to the 6-pin If you are using an LN-25 without an internal con-
amphenol on the V350-PRO. tactor, the electrode will be “HOT” when the V350-
PRO is energized.
4. Attach the single lead from the LN-25 control box
to the work using the spring clip on the end of the 9. Set the “ARC CONTROL” to the “O” position and
lead. This is only a control lead - it carries no then adjust to suit.
welding current.

Figure C.2 V350-PRO/LN-25 ACROSS THE ARC CONNECTION DIAGRAM WITH K857
REMOTE CONTROL

K857
Remote Control
6 pin
Amphenol

LN-25
Wire Feeder
+ - Work Clip Lead

To Work
To Work
Electrode Cable

NOTE: Illustration shows electrode connected for negative polarity.

V350-PRO
C-4 C-4
ACCESSORIES
CONNECTION OF THE LN-25 WITH K431 6. Set the “MODE” to the “CV-WIRE” position.
REMOTE OPTION TO THE V350-PRO.
NOTE: AN LN-25 CAN ONLY BE USED WITH A FAC- 7. Set “WELD TERMINALS SELECT” to the
“REMOTE” position.
TORY OR “CE” VERSION OF THE V350-PRO.
8. Set the “ARC CONTROL” to the “O” position and
1. Remove input power to the V350-PRO. then adjust to suit.

2. Connect the electrode cable to the output terminal 9. Connect the K432 remote control cable to the LN-
of polarity required by the electrode. Connect the 25.
work lead to the other terminal. Welding cable
must be sized for current and duty cycle of the 10. Connect the K876 adapter to the K432 and to the
application. 24/42VAC 14-pin amphenol located at the rear of
the V350-PRO.
3. Attach the single lead from the LN-25 control box
to the work using the spring clip on the end of the 11. Adjust the wire feed speed and voltage at the LN-
lead. This is only a control lead - it carries no 25.
welding current.
NOTE: See Figure C.4 for connection Using K867
4. Set the voltmeter switch to the electrode polarity adapter.
chosen.

5. Set “CONTROL SELECT” to “REMOTE”.

Figure C.3 LN-25 with K431 Remote Option to the V350-PRO

ELECTRODE CABLE
LN-25 WITH
TO LN-25
6 PIN AMPHENOL K431 OPTION
14 PIN (24/42VAC)
TO
AMPHENOL
WORK

+ K876 ADAPTER K432 REMOTE


CONTROL CABLE
INVERTEC 
POWER SOURCE


NOTE: Illustration shows electrode connected for positive polarity.

V350-PRO
C-5 C-5
ACCESSORIES
CONNECTION OF THE K867 ADAPTER
FOR USE WITH LN-25 WITH K431
OPTION/V350-PRO.

1. Insulate each unused lead individually.

2. Remove 6 pin plug from K432 cable in order to


connect K867 adapter.

3. Label each lead (A thru F) as they are removed


from the 6 pin plug.

4. Splice leads and insulate.

Figure C.4 Connection of LN-25 to V350-PRO using K867 adapter.

21
82
81
ELECTRODE CABLE 42
1
41 LN-25 WITH
TO LN-25
GND K431 OPTION
14 PIN
TO
(24/42VAC) 31
WORK
AMPHENOL 32
2 E
- 4 F
SPARE D
75 A

+ K867 ADAPTER
76 B K432 REMOTE
77 C CONTROL CABLE
INVERTEC
POWER SOURCE 4

V350-PRO
C-6 C-6
ACCESSORIES
CONNECTION OF THE LN-7 TO THE V350- 3. Connect the input cable from the K480 control
PRO USING K480 CONTROL CABLE (SEE cable to the (115VAC) 14 pin amphenol on the
V350-PRO and the input cable plug on the LN-7.
FIGURE C.5)
NOTE: AN LN-7 CAN ONLY BE USED WITH A FAC- 4. Set the “VOLTMETER” switch to “+” or “-”
TORY OR “CE” VERSION OF THE V350-PRO. IF depending on the polarity chosen.
YOUR LN-7 COMES EQUIPPED WITH A K291 OR
K404 INPUT CABLE, REFER TO THE CONNECTION 5. Set “CONTROL SELECT” to “REMOTE”.
OF THE LN-7 USING K867 UNIVERSAL ADAPTER.
6. Set the “MODE” to the “CV-WIRE” position.
1. Remove input power to the V350-PRO.
7. Place the “WELD TERMINALS SELECT” in the
2. Connect the electrode cable from the K480 control “REMOTE” position.
cable to the “+” terminal of the welder and to the
LN-7 wire feeder. Connect the work cable to the 8. Adjust wire feed speed at the LN-7 and adjust the
“-” terminal of the welder. welding voltage with the optional remote control if
used.
NOTE: Figure C.5 shows the electrode connected
for positive polarity. To change polarity, shut the 9. Set the “ARC” control at “0” initially and adjust to
welder off and reverse the electrode and work suit.
cables at the output terminals.

NOTE: Welding cable must be sized for current


and duty cycle of application.

Figure C.5 V350-PRO/LN-7 with K480 Control Cable Connection Diagram

TO LN-7 INPUT
14 PIN CABLE PLUG
AMPHENOL
(115VAC)
OPTIONAL K857
AT REAR OF
MACHINE REMOTE CONTROL
- + K480 CONTROL CABLE
6 PIN
AMPHENOL ELECTRODE CABLE
TO WIRE FEED UNIT
TO WORK

V350-PRO
C-7 C-7
ACCESSORIES
CONNECTION OF THE K867 ADAPTER
FOR USE WITH THE K291 OR K404 INPUT
CABLES AND LN-7.

1. Insulate each unused lead individually.

2. Splice leads and insulate.

Figure C.6 Connection of LN-7 to V350-PRO using K867 adapter.

SPARE

ELECTRODE CABLE 82 LN-7


TO LN-7 81 1 CONTROL
14 PIN(115VAC) 42 BOX
TO
AMPHENOL 41
WORK

31 31
- 32 32
2 2
4 4

+ K867 UNIVERSAL
21 21 K291 OR K404
GND GND INPUT CABLE
ADAPTER PLUG
GREEN
INVERTEC
75 75
POWER SOURCE 76 76
 77 77
 K775 OPTIONAL
2 REMOTE CONTROL

V350-PRO
C-8 C-8
ACCESSORIES
CONNECTION OF THE LN-742 TO THE 3. Connect the K591 control cable to the 24/42VAC
V350-PRO (SEE FIGURE C.7) 14 pin amphenol on the back of the V350-PRO
NOTE: AN LN-7 CAN ONLY BE USED WITH A FAC- and the input cable plug on the LN-742.
TORY OR “CE” VERSION OF THE V350-PRO.
4. Set the “VOLTMETER” switch to “+” or “-”
depending on the polarity chosen.
1. Remove input power to the V350-PRO.
5. Set the “MODE” to the “CV-WIRE” position..
2. Connect the electrode cable from the LN-742 to
the “+” terminal of the welder. Connect the work 6. Set “CONTROL SELECT” to “LOCAL”.
cable to the “-” terminal of the welder.
7. Place the “WELD TERMINALS SELECT” in the
NOTE: Figure C.7 shows the electrode connected “REMOTE” position.
for positive polarity. To change polarity, shut the
welder off and reverse the electrode and work 8. Adjust wire feed speed at the LN-742.
cables at the output terminals.
9. Set the “ARC” control at “0” initially and adjust to
NOTE: Welding cable must be sized for current suit.
and duty cycle of application.

Figure C.7 V350-PRO/LN-742 Connection Diagram

TO LN-742 INPUT
14 PIN CABLE PLUG
AMPHENOL
(24/42VAC)
AT REAR OF
MACHINE
+ - K591 CONTROL CABLE

ELECTRODE CABLE
TO WIRE FEED UNIT
TO WORK

V350-PRO
C-9 C-9
ACCESSORIES
CONNECTION OF THE LN-10 TO THE
V350- 8. Set the “ARC CONTROL” to the “0” position and
then adjust to suit.
PRO USING THE K1505 CONTROL CABLE.
NOTE: AN LN-10 CAN ONLY BE USED WITH A FAC- 9. Set wire feed speed and voltage at the LN-10.
TORY OR “CE” VERSION OF THE V350-PRO. NOTE: The voltage set point displayed on the
V350-PRO should be ignored when operating in
1. Remove input power to the V350-PRO. the remote control mode with the LN-10.

2. Connect the K1505 control cable from the LN-10 10. See the LN-10 manual for details on accessing
to the Invertec 24/42VAC 14 pin amphenol con- the control DIP switch.
necter on the rear of the V350-PRO.
11. The control DIP switch inside the LN-10 should be
3. Connect the electrode cable to the output terminal set as shown below for operation with the V350-
of polarity required by the electrode. Connect the Pro.
work lead to the other terminal.

4. Set the meter polarity switch on the front of the Power Sources
V350-PRO to coincide with wire feeder polarity
used. ON 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 S1
5. Set “CONTROL SELECT” to “REMOTE”.

6. Set the “MODE” to the “CV-WIRE” position..


S1

7. Set the “WELD TERMINALS SELECT” to the


“REMOTE” position.

Figure C.8 LN-10 V350-PRO

TO LN-10
14 PIN
AMPHENOL
(24/42VAC)
AT REAR OF
MACHINE
+ - K1505

TO WORK

ELECTRODE CABLE
TO LN-10

V350-PRO
C-10 C-10
ACCESSORIES
Cobramatic Connection Instructions OPTIONS / ACCESSORIES
A Cobramatic can only be used with a Factory or
"CE" version of the V350 Construction Version – K1728-2

1. Turn the Invertec power switch "off" • All welding modes for this model run with local out-
2. Connect the control cable from the Cobramatic to put control and weld terminals ON (e.g. Stick, TIG,
the 24/42 VAC 14-pin wire feeder amphenol on LN25 off the arc).
the rear of the Invertec. K930-1 TIG Module
K428,K446, K449 LN-25(Off the Arc)
3. Connect the electrode cable to the output terminal
of the polarity required by electrode. Connect the Factory Version – K1728-1
work lead to the other terminal.
• The factory model is the construction model with
4. Set the meter polarity switch on the front of the the addition of the Wire Feeder/Remote Adapter.
Invertec to coincide with wire feeder polarity used.
• In this form, the V350-Pro provides the hardware to
5. If a remote control such as K857 is to be used power and connect to 24, 42 or 115 VAC wire feeders.
with the Cobramatic, the remote can be connected
directly to the 6pin amphenol on the front of the K857 Remote Output Control
Invertec or use a K864 adapter to connect the K814 Arc Start Switch
cobramatic and the remote to the 24/42VAC 14- K812 Hand Operated Amptrol
pin wire feeder amphenol connector on the rear of K870 Foot Operated Amptrol
the Invertec. K930-1 TIG Module
K428, K446, K449 LN-25
TIG Module K930-2 K617 (-1 or -2) K618 (-1 or -2) LN-742
The TIG Module connects to the V350-Pro Factory or K440 (-1), K567-1 LN-7 GMA
CE versions with a K936-1 (9-14 pin) control cable. K1559-1, K1564-1 LN-10
Connect the K936-1 to the 115VAC Wire Feeder K1499-1, K1521-1 DH-10
Amphenol on the rear of the V350-Pro.
"CE" Version – K1728-3
The TIG Module can also be used with the V350
Construction version. A K936-4 control cable is • The "CE" version is the Factory version with the
required to supply 115VAC to the TIG Module from an addition of power line filtering allowing the machine
external 115VAC supply. to comply with the European and Australian EMC
General Instructions for Connection of Wire emission requirements.
Feeders to V350-Pro
Wire feeders other than LN-7 and LN-25 may be used Field Installed Options/Accessories
provided that the auxiliary power supply capacity of
the V350-Pro is not exceeded. K867 universal Two versions of the V350-Pro are available from the
adapter plug is required. See connection diagram factory for both the CE and ROW versions.
S19406 and S19386 at the back of this manual for Options for K1728-1 Factory and K1728-3 "CE"
more information. V350’s
• TIG Gas Control Kit – K1762-1
Remote Control of Invertec
Remote Control K857, Hand Amptrol K963 and Foot
Amptrol K870. • Advance Process Panel – K1763-1

Options for all models of V350-PRO

• Undercarriage – K1764-1

V350-PRO
Section D-1 Section D-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS
-MAINTENANCE-
Maintenance .........................................................................................................................Section D
Input Filter Capacitor Discharge Procedure ...............................................................................D-2
Routine Maintenance..................................................................................................................D-2
Periodic Maintenance .................................................................................................................D-3
Thermal Protection .....................................................................................................................D-3
Major Component Locations .....................................................................................................D-4

V350-PRO
D-2 D-2
MAINTENANCE
FIGURE D.1 — LOCATION OF INPUT FILTER
CAPACITOR TERMINALS
WARNING EIGHT
CAPACITOR
TERMINALS
Have qualified personnel do the maintenance
work. Always use the greatest care when
- + - +
working near moving parts.

Do not put your hands near the cooling blower


INSULATED
fan. If a problem cannot be corrected by PLIERS
following the instructions, take the machine to
the nearest Lincoln Field Service Shop. - + - +

-----------------------------------------------------------------------
ELECTRIC SHOCK can kill. POWER INSULATED
• Do not touch electrically live parts or RESISTOR GLOVES
electrode with skin or wet clothing.
• Insulate yourself from work and
ground 5. Locate the eight capacitor terminals shown in fig-
• Always wear dry insulating gloves.
ure D.1.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXPLODING PARTS can cause 6. Using electrically insulated gloves and pliers, hold
the body of the resistor with the pliers and connect
injury.
the resistor leads across the two capacitor termi-
• Failed parts can explode or cause other
nals. Hold the resistor in place for 10 seconds.
parts to explode when power is applied.
DO NOT TOUCH CAPACITOR TERMINALS WITH
• Always wear a face shield and long sleeves when ser- YOUR BARE HANDS.
vicing. 7. Repeat the discharge procedure for the other
------------------------------------------------------------------------ three capacitors.
See additional warning information
throughout this operators manual. 8. Check the voltage across the terminals of all
capacitors with a DC voltmeter. Polarity of the
------------------------------------------------------------ capacitor terminals is marked on the PC board
above the terminals. Voltage should be zero. If
any voltage remains, repeat this capacitor dis-
INPUT FILTER CAPACITOR charge procedure.
DISCHARGE PROCEDURE ROUTINE MAINTENANCE
1. Every 6 months or so the machine should be
1. Remove the input power to the V350-PRO. cleaned with a low pressure airstream. Keeping the
machine clean will result in cooler operation and
2. Using the 5/16” wrench remove the screws from higher reliability. Be sure to clean these areas:
the case wraparound cover.
• All printed circuit boards
• Power switch
3. Be careful not to make contact with the capacitor
• Main transformer
terminals located at the top and bottom of the
• Input rectifier
switch board.
• Auxiliary Transformer
• Reconnect Switch Area
4. Obtain a high resistance and high wattage resis-
tor (25-1000 ohms and 25 watts minimum). This 2. Examine the sheet metal case for dents or breakage.
resistor is not with the machine. NEVER USE A Repair the case as required. Keep the case in good con-
SHORTING STRAP FOR THIS PROCEDURE. dition to insure that high voltage parts are protected and
correct spacings are maintained. All external sheet metal
screws must be in place to insure case strength and elec-
trical ground continuity.

V350-PRO
D-3 D-3
MAINTENANCE
OVERLOAD PROTECTION
The machine is electrically protected from producing
high output currents. Should the output current exceed
430A, an electronic protection circuit will reduce the
current to approximately 100A. The machine will con-
tinue to produce this low current until the protection cir-
cuit is reset. Reset occurs when the output load is
removed.

THERMAL PROTECTION
Thermostats protect the machine from excessive oper-
ating temperatures. Excessive temperatures may be
caused by a lack of cooling air or operating the
machine beyond the duty cycle and output rating. If
excessive operating temperature should occur, the
thermostat will prevent output voltage or current. The
meter will remain energized during this time.

Thermostats are self-resetting once the machine cools


sufficiently. If the thermostat shutdown was caused by
excessive output or duty cycle and the fan is operating
normally, the Power Switch may be left on and the
reset should occur within a 15 minute period.

V350-PRO
D-4

2
FIGURE D.2 – MAJOR COMPONENT LOCATIONS
MAINTENANCE

V350-PRO
AU E N
EC O D TIO

N
CIO
PR VIS TEN

g
cin
pis
adi ut
er nt
A T

idu g
tetu cin
tinc
A

sec od pis
adi ut
con sm nt
et eui att er
idu g
am h erera tetu tinc cin
sit nib
!

sec od pis
or mmyy uam
adi ut
con sm nt g
dol um aliq et
eui att er
idu cin
um non gna am h erera tetu pis
ips m ma sit nib tinc ut
y uam sec od adi
em dia ore or mmy er nt
con sm
!

Lor , ed dol dol um aliq et idu


t um eui att tetu tinc
elit non gna am h ererasec
ree ips m ma nib od
sit
lao em dia y uamcon sm
ore or mmy et eui att g
Lor , ed dol dol um aliq am h erera cin
t pis
G

elit um non gnasit nib


ree ips y uam adi ut
m maor mmy nt
lao er
em dia oredol um aliq idu g
IN

Lor , ed dolum non gna tetu


tinc cin
t ips m sec od
elit ma pis
ree
em dia ore con sm adi ut
nt g
lao ed
G

et eui att er
WA ARN

Lor , cin
t dol am h erera tetu idu
pis
elit sit nib tinc ut
ree adi
or mmyy uam sec od
IN

lao nt g
er
dol um aliq con sm idu cin
g et eui att tetu pis
cin um non gna tinc ut
am h erera sec od adi
nt
pis ips m ma
RN

ut sit nib con er


sm idu
adi
nt em dia ore or mmyy uam et eui att tetu
W

er g Lor , ed dol dol um aliq tinc


idu am h ererasec
tetu cin t od
tinc elit um non gna sit nib
sec od pis ree
ips m ma or mmyy uamcon sm
ut lao et eui att
con sm adi dol um aliq
er nt em dia ore am h erera ing
et eui att idu g um non gnasit
Lor , ed dol nib sc
am h erera tetu tinc ips m maor mmyy
!

cin t uam
sit nib elit ipi ut
ad t
sec od pis ree em dia ore dol um aliq
or mmyy uam ut
dol um aliq et
con sm adi
nt
lao Lor , ed dolum non gna r un ing
eui att er t ips ue cid
um non gna am h erera tetu
idu elit
ree
m ma sc
ips m ma sit tinc g em dia ore tet tin ipi ut
nib lao
y uam sec od cin Lor , ed dol ec ad t
!

em dia ore or mmy


con sm pis t ns od r un
Lor , ed dol dol um aliq et t adi ut elit
ree co ism t ue cid
t um non gna am h eui ereraat er nt
lao at tet
elit idu et eu era tin
ree ips m ma
sit nib tetu h er ec
lao em dia y am
am ns od
uam tinc g
ore or mmy
sit y nib qu co ism t
sec od cin
Lor , ed dol dol um aliq
t con sm pis
elit um non gna et eui att adi ut lor mmmy ali et eu at
ree ips nt a h era er
am h do nu num gn am
m ma erera er g
lao idu
em dia sit nib am
sit y nib qu
ore tetu cin
Lor , ed dol or mmyy uam tinc pis um no
sec od ma
elit
t dol um aliq adi ut ips m e lor my ali
ree um non gna con sm
et eui att
er
idu
nt
dia lor do ummm a
lao ips m ma rem ed do n gn
nu
am h erera tetu tinc
em dia ore sit nib sec od Lo t, t um no ma
Lor , ed dol or mmyy uamcon
sm
g eli ree ips m e
t cin
elit
ree
dol um aliq et eui att
pis lao rem dia lor
um non gna am h erera ut ed do
lao
ips m ma sit y nib
adi
nt Lo t, t
or mmy uam er
em dia ore dol idu eli ree
um aliq tetu
Lor , ed dol tinc lao
t um non gna sec od
elit ing
ree ips m ma con sm sc
lao em dia ore et eui att
am h erera
ipi ut
Lor , ed dol
t sit nib ad t
elit or mmyy uam r un ing
ree ue cid
lao dol um aliq sc
tet tin ipi ut
um non gna
ec ad t
ips m ma
ns od r un
em dia ore co ism t ue cid
Lor , ed dol et eu era at tet
tin
elit
t
h er ec
am
am ns od
ree
lao sit nib
y qu co ism t
lor mmmy ali et eu at
a h era er
do nunum gn am
am
um no sit y nib qu
ma
ips m e lor my ali
dia lor do ummm a
rem ed do n gn
nu
Lo t, t um no ma
eli ree ips m e
lao rem dia lor
ed do
Lo t, t
eli ree
lao
Control Box Assembly

6
Case Wraparound
Base Assembly

S
Center Panel

AL

R
IN

CT

WE
RM

RO
LE

PO
TE

SE
LD
WE

-P
LTS

50
VO
Case Front

V3
V
Case Back

F
ON

OF
EC
UT
TP

RT
OU

VE
A
PS

TE
IN
MO
AM

RE
A

IC

ING
TR

RN
ELOLN

WA
EC
C
LIN
5
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
D-4
R
Section E-1 Section E-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS
-THEORY OF OPERATION SECTION-
Theory of Operation .............................................................................................................Section E
General Description ....................................................................................................................E-2
Input Line Voltage, Auxiliary Transformer and Precharge...........................................................E-2
Switch Board and Main Transformer ..........................................................................................E-3
Power board, Control Board, and SPI Communications............................................................E-4
Output Rectifier and Choke ........................................................................................................E-5
Thermal Protection .....................................................................................................................E-6
Protection Circuits ......................................................................................................................E-6
Over current Protection ........................................................................................................E-6
Under/Over Voltage Protection ............................................................................................E-6
Insulated Gate Bipolar Transistor (IGBT) Operation ...................................................................E-7
Pulse Width Modulation..............................................................................................................E-8
Minimum/Maximum Output..................................................................................................E-8

FIGURE E.1 – V350-PRO BLOCK LOGIC DIAGRAM


To Control
Main Switch Board Board

Feedback
Current
Positive
Input switch Input Output
Primary
& 100A Breaker Rectifier Current Terminal
Sensor

Choke Negative
Reconnect Output
Switch Terminal
Output Voltage Sense

Primary
Current
Sensor

Fan

Primary Current Feedback


IGBT Drive Signal

115VAC Fan Supply


Fan Control

Input Relay Control


Auxiliary Soft Start Control
V/F Capacitor Feedback (2)
115VAC, 42VAC Transformer
24VAC
Machine Control Supply
+15VDC, -15VDC, +6VDC
Power
Board SPI Supply +15VDC +5VDC Control Board
28VAC 40VDC
RS232 Supply +5VDC
14 Pin
Amphenol
SPI Communications & +15VDC, +5VDC Supply
Solenoid Supply
40VDC Remote Mode Status Display
Board Panel Panel Panel
6 Pin Remote Control & Trigger
Amphenol

Optional Solenoid

V350-PRO
E-2 E-2
THEORY OF OPERATION
FIGURE E.2 – INPUT VOLTAGE AND PRECHARGE
To Control
Main Switch Board Board

Feedback
Current
Positive
Input switch Input Output
Primary
& 100A Breaker Rectifier Current Terminal
Sensor

Choke Negative
Reconnect Output
Switch Terminal

Output Voltage Sense


Primary
Current
Sensor

Fan

Primary Current Feedback

IGBT Drive Signal


115VAC Fan Supply

Fan Control
Input Relay Control
Auxiliary Soft Start Control
V/F Capacitor Feedback (2)
115VAC, 42VAC Transformer
24VAC
Machine Control Supply
+15VDC, -15VDC, +6VDC
Power
Board SPI Supply +15VDC +5VDC Control Board
28VAC 40VDC
RS232 Supply +5VDC
14 Pin
Amphenol
SPI Communications & +15VDC, +5VDC Supply
Solenoid Supply
40VDC Remote Mode Status Display
Board Panel Panel Panel
6 Pin Remote Control & Trigger
Amphenol

Optional Solenoid

GENERAL DESCRIPTION and the resultant 40VDC is applied to the power board.

The Invertec V350-Pro is an inverter based welding The input voltage is rectified by the input rectifier and
power source that offers multi mode constant voltage the resultant DC voltage is applied to the switch board
(CV) and constant current (CC) welding and is rated at through the reconnect switch assembly located at the
350 amps 34VDC at a 60% duty cycle. The Invertec rear of the machine. The reconnect switch connect the
V350-Pro is available in either a construction version two pairs of input capacitors either in a parallel (lower
(no wire feeder connection or auxiliary power ) and a voltage) or series (higher voltage) configuration to
factory version that includes a wire feeder connection accommodate the applied input voltage.
and related power. During the precharge time the DC input voltage is
applied to the input capacitors through a current limit-
INPUT LINE VOLTAGE, AUXILIARY ing circuit. The input capacitors are charged slowly
TRANSFORMER, & PRECHARGE and current limited. A voltage to frequency converter
circuit located on the switch board monitors the
The Invertec V350-Pro can be connected for a variety
capacitor voltages. This signal is coupled to the con-
of three-phase or single-phase input voltages. The ini-
trol board. When the input capacitors have charged
tial power is applied to the V350 through a combina-
to an acceptable level, the control board energizes the
tion line switch/circuit breaker located on the front of
input relays, that are located on the switch board,
the machine. Two phases of the input voltage are
making all of the input power, without current limiting,
applied to the auxiliary transformer. The auxiliary trans-
available to the input capacitors. If the capacitors
former develops four different secondary voltages.
become under or over voltage the control board will
The 115VAC is used to power the fan motor and also
de-energize the input relays and the V350 output will
is applied to the 14 pin amphenol type connector for
be disabled. Other possible faults may also cause the
wirefeeder operation. The 24VAC and 42VAC volt-
input relays to drop out.
ages are also applied to the 14 pin amphenol type con-
nector to power wirefeeders. The 28VAC is rectified
NOTE: Unshaded areas of Block Logic Diagram are the subject of discussion.
V350-PRO
E-3 E-3
THEORY OF OPERATION
FIGURE E.3 – SWITCH BOARD & MAIN TRANSFORMER
To Control
Main Switch Board Board

Feedback
Current
Positive
Input switch Input Output
Primary
& 100A Breaker Rectifier Current Terminal
Sensor

Choke Negative
Reconnect Output
Switch Terminal

Output Voltage Sense


Primary
Current
Sensor

Fan

Primary Current Feedback

IGBT Drive Signal


115VAC Fan Supply

Fan Control
Input Relay Control
Auxiliary Soft Start Control
V/F Capacitor Feedback (2)
115VAC, 42VAC Transformer
24VAC
Machine Control Supply
+15VDC, -15VDC, +6VDC
Power
Board SPI Supply +15VDC +5VDC Control Board
28VAC 40VDC
RS232 Supply +5VDC
14 Pin
Amphenol
SPI Communications & +15VDC, +5VDC Supply
Solenoid Supply
40VDC Remote Mode Status Display
Board Panel Panel Panel
6 Pin Remote Control & Trigger
Amphenol

Optional Solenoid

SWITCH BOARD & flow through the main transformer primaries and the
offset timing of the IGBT switching circuits induce an
MAIN TRANSFORMER AC square wave output signal at the secondary of the
There is one switch board in the Invertec V350-Pro. main transformer. The two current transformers (CT)
This board incorporates two pairs of input capacitors, located on the switch board monitor these primary
two insulated gate bipolar transistor (IGBT) switching currents. If the primary currents become abnormally
circuits, a fan motor drive circuit, and a voltage/fre- high the control board will shut off the IGBTs, thus dis-
quency capacitor feedback circuit. The two capaci- abling the machine output. The DC current flow
tors in a pair are always in series with each other. through each primary winding is clamped back to
When the reconnect switch is in the lower voltage each respective input capacitor when the IGBTs are
position the capacitor pairs are in parallel . Thus two turned off. This is needed due to the inductance of the
series capacitors in parallel with two series capacitors. transformer primary winding. The firing of the two
When the reconnect switch is in the high voltage posi- switch boards occurs during halves of a 50 microsec-
tion the two capacitor pairs are in series. Thus four ond interval, creating a constant 20 KHZ output. In
capacitors in series. This is required to accommodate some low open circuit Tig modes the firing frequency
the higher input voltages. is reduced to 5KHZ.
When the input capacitors are fully charged they act The Invertec V350-Pro has a F.A.N. fan as needed cir-
as power supplies for the IGBT switching circuits. cuit. The fan operates when the welding output ter-
When welding output is required the Insulated Gate minals are energized or when a thermal over tempera-
Bipolar Transistors switch the DC power from the input ture condition exists. Once the fan is activated it will
capacitors, "on and off" thus supplying a pulsed DC remain on for a minimum of five minutes. The fan dri-
current to the main transformer primary windings. See ver circuit is housed on the switch board but it is acti-
IGBT Operation Discussion and Diagrams in this vated from a control board signal.
section. Each IGBT switching circuit feeds current to
a separate, oppositely wound primary winding in the
main transformer. The reverse directions of current

NOTE: Unshaded areas of Block Logic Diagram are the subject of discussion.
V350-PRO
E-4 E-4
THEORY OF OPERATION
FIGURE E.4 – POWER BOARD, CONTROL BOARD
AND SERIAL PERIPHERAL INTERFACE (SPI) COMMUNICATIONS
To Control
Main Switch Board Board

Feedback
Current
Positive
Input switch Input Output
Primary
& 100A Breaker Rectifier Current Terminal
Sensor

Choke Negative
Reconnect Output
Switch Terminal

Output Voltage Sense


Primary
Current
Sensor

Fan

Primary Current Feedback

IGBT Drive Signal


115VAC Fan Supply

Fan Control
Input Relay Control
Auxiliary Soft Start Control
V/F Capacitor Feedback (2)
115VAC, 42VAC Transformer
24VAC
Machine Control Supply
+15VDC, -15VDC, +6VDC
Power
Board SPI Supply +15VDC +5VDC Control Board
28VAC 40VDC
RS232 Supply +5VDC
14 Pin
Amphenol
SPI Communications & +15VDC, +5VDC Supply
Solenoid Supply
40VDC Remote Mode Status Display
Board Panel Panel Panel
6 Pin Remote Control & Trigger
Amphenol

Optional Solenoid

POWER BOARD, CONTROL BOARD functions to establish and maintain output control of
the V350 machine. The control board sends and
AND SERIAL PERIPHERAL INTER- receives command signals from the mode panel, the
FACE (SPI) COMMUNICATIONS status panel, the display panel and /or the optional
remote panel. These communications are processed
POWER BOARD through a digital network called a Serial Peripheral
Interface (SPI). This network digitally communicates to
The 28VAC auxiliary is rectified and filtered and applied and from the control board the user’s commands and
to the power board. The power board, utilizing a various machine status messages. The software that
switching power supply, processes the 40VDC input is contained within the control board processes and
and develops several regulated positive and negative compares these commands with the voltage and cur-
DC supplies. Three DC supplies are fed to the control rent feedback information it receives from the output
board for machine control supplies. Two positive DC current sensor and the output voltage sensing leads.
voltages are coupled to the control board for the Serial The appropriate pulse width modulation (PWM) signals
Peripheral Communications (SPI) supplies. A +5VDC (See Pulse Width Modulation in this section) are sent
is used for the RS232 connection supply and a to the switch board IGBTs. In this manner, the digital-
+40VDC is fed to the remote board to power an ly controlled high-speed welding waveform is created
optional gas solenoid. An over or under input voltage and regulated.
detection and shutdown circuit is also part of the
power board’s circuitry. The control board also monitors the thermostats, the
main transformer primary currents and the input
CONTROL BOARD capacitor voltages.
The control board performs the primary interfacing
NOTE: Unshaded areas of Block Logic Diagram are the subject of discussion.
V350-PRO
E-5 E-5
THEORY OF OPERATION
FIGURE E.5 – OUTPUT RECTIFIER AND CHOKE
To Control
Main Switch Board Board

Feedback
Current
Positive
Input switch Input Output
Primary
& 100A Breaker Rectifier Current Terminal
Sensor

Choke Negative
Reconnect Output
Switch Terminal

Output Voltage Sense


Primary
Current
Sensor

Fan

Primary Current Feedback

IGBT Drive Signal


115VAC Fan Supply

Fan Control
Input Relay Control
Auxiliary Soft Start Control
V/F Capacitor Feedback (2)
115VAC, 42VAC Transformer
24VAC
Machine Control Supply
+15VDC, -15VDC, +6VDC
Power
Board SPI Supply +15VDC +5VDC Control Board
28VAC 40VDC
RS232 Supply +5VDC
14 Pin
Amphenol
SPI Communications & +15VDC, +5VDC Supply
Solenoid Supply
40VDC Remote Mode Status Display
Board Panel Panel Panel
6 Pin Remote Control & Trigger
Amphenol

Optional Solenoid

OUTPUT RECTIFIER AND CHOKE


The output rectifier receives the AC output from the
main transformer secondary and rectifies it to a DC
voltage level. Since the output choke is in series with
the negative leg of the output rectifier and also in
series with the welding load, a filtered DC output is
applied to the machine’s output terminals.

NOTE: Unshaded areas of Block Logic Diagram are the subject of discussion.
V350-PRO
E-6 E-6
THEORY OF OPERATION
THERMAL PROTECTION OVER CURRENT
PROTECTION
Two normally closed (NC) thermostats protect the
machine from excessive operating temperatures. If the average current exceeds 450 amps for one sec-
These thermostats are wired in series and are con- ond, then the output will be limited to 100 amps until
nected to the control board. One of the thermostats is the load is removed. If the peak current exceeds 600
located on the heat sink of the switch board and the amps for 150 ms, the output will be limited to 100
other is located on the output choke. Excessive tem- amps until the load is removed.
peratures may be caused by a lack of cooling air or
operating the machine beyond its duty cycle or output
rating. If excessive operating temperatures should
UNDER/OVER VOLTAGE PROTECTION
occur, the thermostats will prevent output from the
machine. The yellow thermal light, located on the front
of the machine, will be illuminated. The thermostats Protective circuits are included on the switch and con-
are self-resetting once the machine cools sufficiently. trol boards to monitor the voltage across the input
If the thermostat shutdown was caused by excessive capacitors. In the event that a capacitor pair voltage
output or duty cycle and the fan is operating normally, is too high, or too low, the machine output will be dis-
the power switch may be left on and the reset should abled. The protection circuits will prevent output if any
occur within a 15-minute period. If the fan is not turn- of the following conditions exist.
ing or the air intake louvers are obstructed, then the
power must be removed from the machine, and the 1. Voltage across a capacitor pair exceeds 467
fan problem or air obstruction corrected. volts. (High line surges or improper input voltage
connections.)
PROTECTIVE CIRCUITS 2. Voltage across a capacitor pair is under 190 volts.
(Due to improper input voltage connections.)
Protective circuits are designed into the V350-PRO to
sense trouble and shut down the machine before 3. Internal component damage.
damage occurs to the machine's internal components.

V350-PRO
E-7 E-7
THEORY OF OPERATION

INSULATED GATE BIPOLAR capable of conducting current. A voltage supply con-


nected to the drain terminal will allow the IGBT to con-
TRANSISTOR (IGBT) duct and supply current to the circuit components
OPERATION coupled to the source. Current will flow through the
conducting IGBT to downstream components as long
An IGBT is a type of transistor. IGBT are semiconduc- as the positive gate signal is present. This is similar to
tors well suited for high frequency switching and high turning ON a light switch.
current applications.

Example A in Figure E.8 shows an IGBT in passive


mode. There is no gate signal, zero volts relative to the
source, and therefore, no current flow. The drain ter-
minal of the IGBT may be connected to a voltage sup-
ply; but since there is no conduction, the circuit will not
supply current to components connected to the
source. The circuit is turned OFF like a light switch.

Example B shows the IGBT in an active mode. When


the gate signal , a positive DC voltage relative to the
source, is applied to the gate terminal of the IGBT, it is

FIGURE E.6 – IGBT

POSITIVE
VOLTAGE
APPLIED

GATE GATE
SOURCE SOURCE

n+ n+ n+ n+

p BODY REGION p BODY REGION

n- DRAIN DRIFT REGION n- DRAIN DRIFT REGION

n+ BUFFER LAYER n+ BUFFER LAYER


p+ INJECTING LAYER p+ INJECTING LAYER

DRAIN DRAIN
A. PASSIVE B. ACTIVE

V350-PRO
E-8 E-8
THEORY OF OPERATION
FIGURE E.9 — TYPICAL IGBT OUTPUTS.

sec 48 sec sec


50 sec

MINIMUM OUTPUT

24 sec
2 sec 24 sec
50 sec

MAXIMUM OUTPUT

PULSE WIDTH MAXIMUM OUTPUT


MODULATION By holding the gate signal on for 24 microseconds
each, and allowing only two microseconds of dwell
The term Pulse Width Modulation is used to describe time (off time) during the 50-microsecond cycle, the
how much time is devoted to conduction in the posi- output is maximized. The darkened area under the top
tive and negative portions of the cycle. Changing the curve can be compared to the area under the bottom
pulse width is known as modulation. Pulse Width curve. The more dark area that is under the curve indi-
Modulation (PWM) is the varying of the pulse width cates that more power is present.
over the allowed range of a cycle to affect the output
of the machine. 1An IGBT group consists of two IGBT
modules feeding one transformer primary
winding.
MINIMUM OUTPUT

By controlling the duration of the gate signal, the IGBT


is turned on and off for different durations during the
cycle. The top drawing in Figure E.9 shows the mini-
mum output signal possible over a 50-microsecond
time period.

The positive portion of the signal represents one IGBT


group1 conducting for one microsecond. The negative
portion is the other IGBT group1. The dwell time (off
time) is 48 microseconds (both IGBT groups off). Since
only two microseconds of the 50-microsecond time
period is devoted to conducting, the output power is
minimized.

V350-PRO
Section F-1 Section F-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR SECTION
Troubleshooting & Repair Section .................................................................................Section F
How to Use Troubleshooting Guide ....................................................................................F-2
PC Board Troubleshooting Procedures and Replacement .................................................F-3
Troubleshooting Guide ........................................................................................................F-4
Test Procedures
Input Filter Capacitor Discharge Procedure .................................................................F-15
Main Switch Board Test ................................................................................................F-17
Input Rectifier Test ........................................................................................................F-21
Power Board Test..........................................................................................................F-25
Output Diode Modules Test ..........................................................................................F-29
Auxiliary Transformer Test .............................................................................................F-33
Current Transducer Test ................................................................................................F-37
Fan Control and Motor Test ..........................................................................................F-41
SPI Cable Resistance and Voltage Test........................................................................F-45
Voltage and Current Calibration Procedure ..................................................................F-47
Replacement Procedures
Control Board Removal and Replacement ...................................................................F-51
Display Board Removal and Replacement ...................................................................F-57
Main Switch Board Removal and Replacement ...........................................................F-61
Mode Board Removal and Replacement......................................................................F-65
Status Board Removal and Replacement.....................................................................F-71
Snubber Board Removal and Replacement .................................................................F-75
Power Board Removal and Replacement.....................................................................F-77
Input Rectifier Removal and Replacement ...................................................................F-81
Output Rectifier Modules Removal and Replacement .................................................F-85
Current Transducer Removal and Replacement ...........................................................F-89
Retest after Repair ........................................................................................................F-94
R

V350-PRO
F-2 F-2
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
HOW TO USE TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE

CAUTION

Service and repair should be performed by only Lincoln Electric Factory Trained Personnel.
Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to the technician and machine
operator and will invalidate your factory warranty. For your safety and to avoid Electrical Shock, please
observe all safety notes and precautions detailed throughout this manual.

This Troubleshooting Guide is provided to help Step 3. PERFORM COMPONENT TESTS. The
you locate and repair possible machine last column, labeled “Recommended Course of
malfunctions. Simply follow the three-step Action” lists the most likely components that may
procedure listed below. have failed in your machine. It also specifies the
appropriate test procedure to verify that the
subject component is either good or bad. If there
Step 1. LOCATE PROBLEM (SYMPTOM). Look are a number of possible components, check the
under the column labeled “PROBLEM components in the order listed to eliminate one
(SYMPTOMS)”. This column describes possible possibility at a time until you locate the cause of
symptoms that the machine may exhibit. Find your problem.
the listing that best describes the symptom that
the machine is exhibiting. Symptoms are
grouped into three main categories: Output All of the referenced test procedures referred to in
Problems, Function Problems, and LED Function the Troubleshooting Guide are described in detail
Problems. at the end of this chapter. Refer to the
Troubleshooting and Repair Table of Contents to
locate each specific Test Procedure. All of the
Step 2. PERFORM EXTERNAL TESTS. The referred to test points, components, terminal
second column, labeled “POSSIBLE AREAS OF strips, etc., can be found on the referenced
MISADJUSTMENT(S)”, lists the obvious external electrical wiring diagrams and schematics. Refer
possibilities that may contribute to the machine to the Electrical Diagrams Section Table of
symptom. Perform these tests/checks in the Contents to locate the appropriate diagram.
order listed. In general, these tests can be
conducted without removing the case
wrap-around cover.

CAUTION
If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the test/repairs
safely, contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical troubleshooting assistance before
you proceed. Call 1-800-833-9353.(WELD)

V350-PRO
F-3 F-3
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR

PC BOARD TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

WARNING • Remove the PC Board from the static-shielding bag


and place it directly into the equipment. Don’t set
ELECTRIC SHOCK can kill. the PC Board on or near paper, plastic or cloth which
could have a static charge. If the PC Board can’t be
Have an electrician install and service installed immediately, put it back in the static-
this equipment. Turn the machine OFF shielding bag.
before working on equipment. Do not
touch electrically hot parts. • If the PC Board uses protective shorting jumpers,
don’t remove them until installation is complete.
• If you return a PC Board to The Lincoln Electric
Sometimes machine failures appear to be due to PC Company for credit, it must be in the static-shielding
board failures. These problems can sometimes be bag. This will prevent further damage and allow
traced to poor electrical connections. To avoid prob- proper failure analysis.
lems when troubleshooting and replacing PC boards,
please use the following procedure: 4. Test the machine to determine if the failure symp-
tom has been corrected by the replacement PC
board.
1. Determine to the best of your technical ability that NOTE: Allow the machine to heat up so that all
the PC board is the most likely component caus- electrical components can reach their
ing the failure symptom. operating temperature.
2. Check for loose connections at the PC board to 5. Remove the replacement PC board and substitute
assure that the PC board is properly connected. it with the original PC board to recreate the original
3. If the problem persists, replace the suspect PC problem.
board using standard practices to avoid static a. If the original problem does not reappear
electrical damage and electrical shock. Read the by substituting the original board, then the
warning inside the static resistant bag and perform PC board was not the problem. Continue
the following procedures: to look for bad connections in the control
PC Board can be damaged by wiring harness, junction blocks, and termi-
static electricity. nal strips.

• Remove your body’s static b. If the original problem is recreated by the


charge before opening the static- substitution of the original board, then the
shielding bag. Wear an anti-sta- PC board was the problem. Reinstall the
tic wrist strap. For safety, use a replacement PC board and test the
ATTENTION machine.
Static-Sensitive 1 Meg ohm resistive cord con-
Devices nected to a grounded part of the 6. Always indicate that this procedure was followed
Handle only at equipment frame. when warranty reports are to be submitted.
Static-Safe
Workstations
• If you don’t have a wrist strap, NOTE: Following this procedure and writing on the
touch an unpainted, grounded, warranty report, “INSTALLED AND SWITCHED
part of the equipment frame. PC BOARDS TO VERIFY PROBLEM,” will help
Reusable Keep touching the frame to avoid denial of legitimate PC board warranty
Container prevent static build-up. Be sure claims.
Do Not Destroy not to touch any electrically live
parts at the same time.
• Tools which come in contact with the PC Board must
be either conductive, anti-static or static-dissipative.

V350-PRO
F-4 F-4
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
Observe Safety Guidelines TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE
detailed in the beginning of this manual.

PROBLEMS POSSIBLE AREAS OF RECOMMENDED


(SYMPTOMS) MISADJUSTMENT(S) COURSE OF ACTION
OUTPUT PROBLEMS
Major physical or electrical dam- 1. Contact your local authorized 1. Contact the Lincoln Electric
age is evident when the sheet Lincoln Electric Field Service Service Department,
metal cover is removed. Facility for technical assis
1-800-833-9353(WELD).
tance.
The machine is dead—no out- 1. Make sure the input line/ 1. Perform the Auxiliary
put—no displays. breaker switch is in the ON Transformer Test.
position.
2. Perform the Power Board Test.
2. Check the main input line fuses.
If open , replace. 3. The control rectifier and or
associated filter capacitor (C5)
3. Check the 2 amp circuit breaker may be faulty. Check and
(CB2). Reset if tripped. replace as necessary.

4. Make sure the reconnect switch 4. Perform The SPI Cable


and jumper lead is configured Resistance and Voltage Test.
correctly for the applied input
voltage. 5. The Control Board may be
faulty.
5. If the machine is being operat-
ed with single phase input volt-
age make sure the red lead is
not connected. See the
Installation Section.

The main input fuses (or breaker) 1. Make certain the fuses or 1. Check the reconnect switches
repeatedly fail. breakers are sized properly. and associated wiring. See the
wiring diagram.
2. Make sure the reconnect switch
and jumper lead is configured 2. Perform the Input Rectifier
correctly for the applied input Test.
voltage. 3. Perform the Main Switch
Board Test.
3. The welding procedure may be
drawing too much input 4. Perform the Output Diode
current or the duty cycle may Module Test.
be too high. Reduce the 5. The Input Filter Capacitors
welding current and /or reduce may be faulty. Check, and if
the duty cycle. any are faulty replace all four.

CAUTION
If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the test/repairs safely, con-
tact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical troubleshooting assistance before you proceed. Call
1-800-833-9353(WELD).

V350-PRO
F-5 F-5
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE Observe Safety Guidelines
detailed in the beginning of this manual.

PROBLEMS POSSIBLE AREAS OF RECOMMENDED


(SYMPTOMS) MISADJUSTMENT(S) COURSE OF ACTION
OUTPUT PROBLEMS
The V350-Pro does not have weld- 1. Make sure the reconnect switch 1. Check the reconnect switch and
ing output. The displays are lit. is configured correctly for the associated leads for loose or
input voltage applied. faulty connections. See the
wiring diagram.
2. Make sure the Weld Terminals
Select is ON. If the problem is 2. Perform the Main Switch
solved the remote control Board Test.
device or associated circuitry
may be faulty. See the wiring 3. Perform the Power Board
diagram. Test.

4. Perform the Output Diode


3. Put the Control Select in the Module Test.
Local position. If the problem is
solved the remote control 5. The control board may be faulty.
device or associated circuitry
may be faulty. 6. The input filter capacitors may
be faulty. Check and replace if
4. If an error code is displayed see necessary.
Fault Code Explanations. 7. The status panel board may be
faulty.

The V350-Pro will not produce full 1. The input voltage may be too 1. Perform the Output Rectifier
output. low, limiting the output Test.
capability of the machine.
Make certain the input voltage 2. Perform the Main Switch
is correct for the machine and Board Test.
the reconnect switch and
jumper lead configuration. 3. Perform the Power Board
Test.
2. The welding current may be too
high . The machine will fold- 4. Perform the Current
back to 100 amps if the Transducer Test.
welding current exceeds 450
amps. 5. If the preset function is not
performing properly the status
3. Make sure the machine is in panel board or the output
"Local" output control.. If the control may be faulty.
problem is resolved the Remote
control board or the external 6. The control board may be faulty.
remote control unit may be
faulty.

CAUTION
If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the test/repairs safely, con-
tact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical troubleshooting assistance before you proceed.
Call 1-800-833-9353(WELD).

V350-PRO
F-6 F-6
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
Observe Safety Guidelines TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE
detailed in the beginning of this manual.

PROBLEMS POSSIBLE AREAS OF RECOMMENDED


(SYMPTOMS) MISADJUSTMENT(S) COURSE OF ACTION
FUNCTION PROBLEMS
The machine regularly overheats 1. The welding application may 1. The 115VAC fan motor is
and the yellow thermal light is ON be exceeding the controlled by the control board
indicating a thermal overload. recommended duty cycle of the via the main switch board.
V350-Pro. Perform the Fan Motor And
Control Test.
2. Dirt and dust may have
clogged the cooling channels 1. A thermostat or associated
inside the machine. circuitry may be faulty. See the
wiring diagram. One normally
3. Air intake and exhaust louvers closed thermostat is located on
may be blocked due to inade- the output choke and the other
quate clearance around the is located on the main switch
machine. board heat sink. See the wiring
diagram.
4. Make certain the fan as needed
(F.A.N.) is operating properly. Note: The Main Switch Board
The fan should operate when Removal Procedure will
welding voltage is present be required to gain access
and/or when there is an over to the heat sink thermostat.
temperature condition.
An attached wire feeder will not 1. Make certain the wire feeder 1. Perform the Auxiliary
function correctly. control cable is connected to Transformer Test.
the correct 14-pin amphenol
type plug (115VAC or 2. Check the leads between the
24/42VAC) for the wire feeder 14-pin amphenol type plugs
being used. See the and the auxiliary transformer
connection diagram. for loose or faulty connections.

2. Check the two circuit breakers


located at the rear of the
machine. Reset is tripped.

3. The wire feeder or control cable


may be faulty.

CAUTION
If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the test/repairs safely, con-
tact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical troubleshooting assistance before you proceed. Call
1-800-833-9353(WELD).

V350-PRO
F-7 F-7
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
Observe Safety Guidelines TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE
detailed in the beginning of this manual.

PROBLEMS POSSIBLE AREAS OF RECOMMENDED


(SYMPTOMS) MISADJUSTMENT(S) COURSE OF ACTION
FUNCTION PROBLEMS
The machine’s welding output is 1. Put the Control Select in the 1. Perform the Current
very high and uncontrollable. Local position. If the problem Transducer Test.
is solved the remote control
device or associated circuitry 2. If the output is normal when
may be faulty. the Control Select is in the
Local position but the output is
very high in the Remote
position the remote board may
be faulty. Perform The SPI
Cable Resistance and Voltage
Test.

3. The control board may be


faulty.

The Weld Mode Select does not 1. Refer to Operation Section of 1. Check for loose or faulty plug
function properly. this manual for normal connections between the
operation characteristics. control board and the mode
select panel. See the wiring
diagram.

2. Perform the SPI Cable


Resistance and Voltage Test.

3. The Mode Select Panel board


may be faulty.

4. The control board may be


faulty.

The Status Panel (Control and 1. Refer to Operation Section of 1. Check for loose or faulty plug
Weld Terminals Select) does not this manual for normal connections between the
function properly. operation characteristics. control board and the status
board. See the wiring diagram.

2. The Status Board may be faulty.

3. The control board may be faulty.

CAUTION
If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the test/repairs safely, con-
tact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical troubleshooting assistance before you proceed.
Call 1-800-833-9353(WELD).

V350-PRO
F-8 F-8
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
Observe Safety Guidelines TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE
detailed in the beginning of this manual.

PROBLEMS POSSIBLE AREAS OF RECOMMENDED


(SYMPTOMS) MISADJUSTMENT(S) COURSE OF ACTION
FUNCTION PROBLEMS
The display is not functioning 1. Refer to the Operation Section 1. Check for loose or faulty plug
properly. of this manual for normal connections between the
operation characteristics. Display board and the control
board. See the wiring diagram.

2. The display board may be faulty.

3. The control board may be faulty.

A fault or error code is displayed. 1. See the Fault Code 1. See Fault Code Explanations.
Explanations.

For no apparent reason the weld- 1. Check the welding cables for 1. Perform the Voltage and
ing characteristics have change. loose or faulty connection. Current Calibration
Procedure.
2. Make sure the machine’s mode
and output are set correctly for 2. Perform the Current
the process being used. (CV, Transducer Test.
CC,TIG etc.)
3. Perform the Output Diode
3. If Mig welding make sure the Module Test
shielding gas and wire speed
are correct for the process 4. The control board may be faulty.
being used.

CAUTION
If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the test/repairs safely, con-
tact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical troubleshooting assistance before you proceed.
Call 1-800-833-9353(WELD).

V350-PRO
F-9 F-9
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
FAULT CODES DESCRIPTION/ CORRECTIVE SERVICE FACILITY
CORRECTIVE
DEFINITION ACTION ACTION

31 Main transformer Turn the machine off and Perform the Main Switch
primary over current back on to reset the Board Test.
machine. If condition
persists, contact an Perform the Power
authorized Lincoln Field Board Test.
Service Facility.
There may be a problem
with the primary current
sensors (CT) located on
the main switch board.
See the Wiring diagram

The control board may


be faulty.

32 Capacitor bank “A” Make sure the reconnect There may be a problem
(lower) is under switches are configured with the V/F signals from
voltage for the input voltage the main switch board to
being applied to the the control board.
machine. The machine
is self clearing when Perform the Main Switch
condition ceases. Board Test.

Perform the Power


Board Test.

The control board may


be faulty.

NOTE: If more than one fault message is being displayed, perform all the checks for the faults
before replacing the printed circuit board
V350-PRO
F-10 F-10
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
FAULT CODES DESCRIPTION/ CORRECTIVE SERVICE FACILITY
CORRECTIVE
DEFINITION ACTION ACTION

33 Capacitor bank Make sure the reconnect There may be a problem


"B"(upper) is under switches are configured with the V/F signals from
voltage. for the input voltage the main switch board to
being applied to the the control board.
machine. The machine
is self-clearing when Perform the Main Switch
condition ceases. Board Test.

Perform the Power


Board Test.

The control board may


be faulty.

34 Capacitor bank Make sure the reconnect There may be a problem


"A"(lower) is over switches are configured with the V/F signals from
voltage. for the input voltage the main switch board to
being applied to the the control board.
machine. The machine
is self-clearing when Perform the Main Switch
condition ceases. Board Test.

Perform the Power


Board Test.

The control board may


be faulty.

NOTE: If more than one fault message is being displayed, perform all the checks for the faults
before replacing the printed circuit board
V350-PRO
F-11 F-11
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
FAULT CODES DESCRIPTION/ CORRECTIVE SERVICE FACILITY
CORRECTIVE
DEFINITION ACTION ACTION

35 Capacitor bank Make sure the reconnect There may be a problem


"B"(lower) is over switches are configured with the V/F signals from
voltage. for the input voltage the main switch board to
being applied to the the control board.
machine. The machine
is self-clearing when Perform the Main Switch
condition ceases. Board Test.

Perform the Power


Board Test.

The control board may


be faulty.

37 The soft start Turn the machine off and There may be a problem
function failed. back on to reset the with the V/F signals from
machine. the main switch board to
the control board.

Perform the Main Switch


Board Test.

Perform the Power


Board Test.

The control board may


be faulty.

NOTE: If more than one fault message is being displayed, perform all the checks for the faults
before replacing the printed circuit board
V350-PRO
F-12 F-12
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
FAULT CODES DESCRIPTION/ CORRECTIVE SERVICE FACILITY
CORRECTIVE
DEFINITION ACTION ACTION

39 Electrical "glitch" on the Possibly caused by an Perform the Main Switch


primary over current fault external electrical Board Test.
detector circuit. "noise" or signal level.
Make sure the V350-Pro Perform the Power
is grounded correctly. Board Test.
The machine is self
clearing when There may be a problem
condition ceases. with the primary current
sensors (CT) located on
the main switch board.
See the wiring diagram.

The control board may


be faulty.

43 Capacitor banks "A" Make sure the recon- There may be a problem
(lower) and "B"(upper) nect switches are con- with the V/F signals from
are not balanced. figured for the input the main switch board to
voltage being applied to the control board.
the machine. The
machine is self-clearing Perform the Main Switch
when Board Test.
condition ceases.
The capacitor(s) may be
faulty. Check and
replace if necessary.

44 The machine has Make sure the V350-Pro Perform the Power
detected a fault in the is grounded correctly. Board Test.
central processing unit The machine is self
(CPU). clearing when The control board or
condition ceases. associated wiring may be
faulty. See the wiring
diagram.

NOTE: If more than one fault message is being displayed, perform all the checks for the faults
before replacing the printed circuit board
V350-PRO
F-13 F-13
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
FAULT CODES DESCRIPTION/ CORRECTIVE SERVICE FACILITY
CORRECTIVE
DEFINITION ACTION ACTION

47 Electrical "glitch" on the Possibly caused by an There may be a problem


V/F signals from the main external electrical with the V/F signals from
switch board to the "noise" or signal level. the main switch board to
control board. Make sure the V350-Pro the control board.
is grounded correctly.
The machine is self Perform the Main Switch
clearing when condition Board Test.
ceases.
Perform the Power
Board Test.

The control board may


be faulty.

“bad node” “####” The selected weld mode Press the Mode Select Perform the Power
does not exist in the weld button to select a Board Test.
table that is presently different welding mode.
loaded in the machine. Perform the SPI Cable
Resistance and Voltage
Test.

The control board may


be faulty.

NOTE: If more than one fault message is being displayed, perform all the checks for the faults
before replacing the printed circuit board
V350-PRO
F-14 F-14
NOTES

V350-PRO
F-15 F-15
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
INPUT FILTER CAPACITOR DISCHARGE PROCEDURE

WARNING

Service and repair should be performed by only Lincoln Electric factory trained
personnel. Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to
the technician or machine operator and will invalidate your factory warranty. For your
safety and to avoid electrical shock, please observe all safety notes and precautions
detailed throughout this manual.
If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the
test/repairs safely, contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical
troubleshooting assistance before you proceed. Call 1-800-833-9353 (WELD).

DESCRIPTION
This procedure will drain off any charge stored in the four large capacitors that are part
of the switch board assembly. This procedure MUST be performed, as a safety pre-
caution, before conducting any test or repair procedure that requires you to touch inter-
nal components of the machine.

MATERIALS NEEDED
5/16” Nut Driver
Insulated Pliers
Insulated Gloves
High Wattage Resistor (25-1000 ohms and 25 watts minimum)
DC Volt Meter

This procedure takes approximately 20 minutes to perform.


Re

V350-PRO
F-16 F-16
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
INPUT FILTER CAPACITOR DISCHARGE PROCEDURE (continued)
4. Obtain a high resistance and high wattage resistor
WARNING (25-1000 ohms and 25 watts minimum). This
resistor is not with the machine. NEVER USE A
ELECTRIC SHOCK can kill. SHORTING STRAP FOR THIS PROCEDURE.

• Have an electrician install and service 5. Locate the eight capacitor terminals shown in fig-
this equipment. ure F.1.
• Turn the input power off at the fuse box
before working on equipment. 6. Using electrically insulated gloves and pliers, hold
the body of the resistor with the pliers and con-
• Do not touch electrically hot parts. nect the resistor leads across the two capacitor
• Prior to performing preventative maintenance, terminals. Hold the resistor in place for 10 sec-
perform the following capacitor discharge procedure onds. DO NOT TOUCH CAPACITOR TERMINALS
to avoid electric shock. WITH YOUR BARE HANDS.

7. Repeat the discharge procedure for the other


three capacitors.
DISCHARGE PROCEDURE
1. Remove the input power to the V350-PRO. 8. Check the voltage across the terminals of all
capacitors with a DC voltmeter. Polarity of the
2. Using the 5/16” wrench remove the screws from capacitor terminals is marked on the PC board
the case wraparound cover. above the terminals. Voltage should be zero. If
any voltage remains, repeat this capacitor dis-
3. Be careful not to make contact with the capacitor charge procedure.
terminals located at the top and bottom of the
switch board.

FIGURE F.1 – LOCATION OF INPUT FILTER CAPACITOR TERMINALS

EIGHT
CAPACITOR
TERMINALS

- + - +

INSULATED
PLIERS

- + - +

POWER INSULATED
RESISTOR GLOVES

V350-PRO
F-17 F-17
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR

WARNING

This procedure takes approximately 30 minutes to perform.

V350-PRO
F-18 F-18
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR

MAIN SWITCH BOARD TEST (continued)


FIGURE F.2 MAIN SWITCH BOARD LEAD LOCATIONS

207 202
J22

- + - +

209
201 204

208 205

J21 J20
- + - +

203 206

TEST PROCEDURE
1. Remove input power to the V350-PRO. 4. Using a 7/16” wrench locate, label and remove
leads 201, 202, 203, 204, 205, 206, 207 and
2. Using a 5/16” nut driver, remove the case 208 from the switch board. Note lead and
wraparound. washer placement for reassembly. Clear
3. Perform the Input Filter Capacitor Discharge leads.
Procedure detailed earlier in this section. 5. Using the Analog ohmmeter, perform the resis-
tance tests detailed in Table F.1. Refer to fig-
ure F.2 for test point locations. Note: Test
using an Analog ohmmeter on the Rx1 range.
Make sure the test probes are making electri-
cal contact with the conductor surfaces on the
PC board.

V350-PRO
F-19 F-19
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR

MAIN SWITCH BOARD TEST (continued)


6. If any test fails replace the switch board. See 8. Reconnect leads 201, 202, 203, 204, 205, 206,
Main Switch Board Removal and Replacement. 207, and 208 to the switch board. Ensure that the
leads are installed in their proper locations. Pre-
7. If the switch board resistance tests are OK, check Torque all leads nuts to 25 inch lbs. before tight-
connections on plugs J20, J21, J22 and all asso- ening them to 44 inch lbs.
ciated wiring. See wiring diagram.
9. Replace the case wraparound cover using a 5/16”
nut driver.

TABLE F.1. SWITCH BOARD RESISTANCE TEST

APPLY POSITIVE TEST APPLY NEGATIVE TEST NORMAL


PROBE TO TERMINAL PROBE TO TERMINAL RESISTANCE READING

+206 -205 Greater than 1000 ohms


+208 -203 Greater than 1000 ohms
+202 -204 Greater than 1000 ohms
+201 -207 Greater than 1000 ohms
+205 -206 Less than 100 ohms
+203 -208 Less than 100 ohms
+204 -202 Less than 100 ohms
+207 -201 Less than 100 ohms

V350-PRO
F-20 F-20
NOTES

V350-PRO
F-21 F-21
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
INPUT RECTIFIER TEST

WARNING

Service and repair should be performed by only Lincoln Electric factory trained personnel.
Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to the technician or
machine operator and will invalidate your factory warranty. For your safety and to avoid
electrical shock, please observe all safety notes and precautions detailed throughout this
manual.
If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the
test/repairs safely, contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical
troubleshooting assistance before you proceed. Call 1-800-833-9353 (WELD).

DESCRIPTION
This test will help determine if the input rectifier has “shorted” or “open” diodes.

MATERIALS NEEDED
Analog Voltmeter/Ohmmeter (Multimeter)
5/16” Nut Driver
Phillips Head Screwdriver
Wiring Diagram

This procedure takes approximately 25 minutes to perform.

V350-PRO
F-22 F-22
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
INPUT RECTIFIER TEST (CONTINUED)
TEST PROCEDURE
1. Remove input power to the V350-PRO 6. Using a phillips head screwdriver,
machine. remove leads 207, 207A, and 209 from
the input rectifier.
2. Using a 5/16” nut driver, remove the case
wraparound cover. 7. Use the analog ohmmeter to perform the
tests detailed in Table F.2. See the
3. Perform the Capacitor Discharge Wiring Diagram.
Procedure detailed earlier in this section.
8. Visually inspect the three MOV’S for
4. Locate the input rectifier and associated damage (TP1,TP2,TP3). Replace if nec-
leads. See Figure F.3. essary.
5. Carefully remove the silicone sealant
from leads 207, 207A, and 209.

Figure F.3 Input Rectifier

Small Lead "H1"


To Auxiliary Transformer
3/16" ALLEN
BOLTS
C
B
#207

#207A

A #209

Small Lead "A"


To Circuit Breaker
FRONT
REAR

V350-PRO
F-23 F-23
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
INPUT RECTIFIER TEST (CONTINUED)
Table F.2 Input Rectifier Test Points

TEST POINT TERMINALS ANALOG METER


X10 RANGE
+ PROBE - PROBE Acceptable Meter Readings

A 207 Greater than 1000 ohms


B 207 Greater than 1000 ohms
C 207 Greater than 1000 ohms

A 207A Greater than 1000 ohms


B 207A Greater than 1000 ohms
C 207A Greater than 1000 ohms

A 209 Less than 100 ohms


B 209 Less than 100 ohms
C 209 Less than 100 ohms

207 A Less than 100 ohms


207 B Less than 100 ohms
207 C Less than 100 ohms

207A A Less than 100 ohms


207A B Less than 100 ohms
207A C Less than 100 ohms

209 A Greater than 1000 ohms


209 B Greater than 1000 ohms
209 C Greater than 1000 ohms

9. If the input rectifier does not meet the 11. If the input rectifier is faulty, see the
acceptable readings outlined in Table F.2 Input Rectifier Bridge Removal &
the component may be faulty. Replace Replacement procedure.

Note: Before replacing the input rectifier, 12. Replace the case wraparound cover.
check the input power switch and per-
form the Main Switch Board Test. Also
check for leaky or faulty filter capacitors.

10. If the input rectifier is good, be sure to


reconnect leads 207, 207A, and 209 to
the correct terminals and torque to 31
inch lbs. Apply silicone sealant.

V350-PRO
F-24 F-24
NOTES

V350-PRO
F-25 F-25

TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR


POWER BOARD TEST

WARNING

Service and repair should be performed by only Lincoln Electric factory trained personnel.
Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to the technician or
machine operator and will invalidate your factory warranty. For your safety and to avoid
electrical shock, please observe all safety notes and precautions detailed throughout this
manual.
If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the
test/repairs safely, contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical
troubleshooting assistance before you proceed. Call 1-800-833-9353 (WELD).

DESCRIPTION
This test will help determine if the power board is receiving the correct voltages and also if
the power board is regulating and producing the correct DC voltages.

MATERIALS NEEDED
Volt-Ohmmeter
5/16” Nut Driver
Wiring Diagram

This procedure takes approximately 30 minutes to perform.

V350-PRO
F-26 F-26
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
POWER BOARD TEST (CONTINUED)
TEST PROCEDURE
1. Remove input power to the V350-PRO 7. If the 40VDC is low, or not present at plug
machine. J41, check the rectifier bridge and C5 filter
capacitor. See Wiring Diagram. Also per-
2. Using a 5/16” nut driver, remove the case form the Auxiliary Transformer Test.
wraparound cover.
8. If any of the DC voltages are low, or not
3. Perform the Capacitor Discharge present at plugs J42 or J43, the power
Procedure detailed earlier in this section. board may be faulty.
4. Locate the power board and plugs J41, J42 9. Remove the input power to the V350-PRO.
and J43. Do not remove plugs from the
power board. See Figure F.4. 10. Replace the case wraparound cover using
a 5/16” nut driver.
5. Carefully apply the correct input voltage to
the V350-PRO.
6. Carefully test for the correct voltages at the
power board. See Table F.3.

Figure F.4 Power Board Plug Location

J42

J41

J43

V350-PRO
F-27 F-27
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
POWER BOARD TEST (CONTINUED)
Table F.3 Power Board Voltage Checks

NORMAL
ACCEPTABLE
CHECK POINT TEST CONNECTOR LEAD NO. VOLTAGE
LOCATION DESCRIPTION PLUG PIN NO. OR IDENTITY READING
POWER PC CHECK 40VDC 2(+)
1(-)
BOARD SUPPLY FROM 65 (+) 38-42 VDC
CONNECTOR RECT. BRIDGE 66 (-)
PLUG J41 TO POWER BD. 65 66

POWER PC CHECK +15VDC 1(+)


5(-)
BOARD SUPPLY FROM 410 412 (+) 15 VDC
CONNECTOR POWER PC 410 (-)
PLUG J42 BOARD
412
3(+)
POWER PC CHECK +5VDC 5(-)
BOARD SUPPLY FROM 410 408 (+) 5 VDC
CONNECTOR POWER PC 410 (-)
PLUG J42 BOARD 408

POWER PC CHECK -15VDC 2(+)


5(-)
BOARD SUPPLY FROM 410 411 (+) -15 VDC
CONNECTOR POWER PC 411 410 (-)
PLUG J42 BOARD
3(+)
POWER PC CHECK +5VDC 401 12(-)
BOARD “SPI” SUPPLY 403 (+) 5 VDC
CONNECTOR FROM POWER 401 (-)
PLUG J43 PC BOARD
403

POWER PC CHECK +5VDC 4(+)


9(-) 405
BOARD “RS232” 406 (+) 5 VDC
CONNECTOR SUPPLY FROM 405 (-)
PLUG J43 POWER PC
BOARD 406
6(+)
POWER PC CHECK +15VDC 12(-)
401
BOARD “SPI” SUPPLY 402 (+) 15 VDC
CONNECTOR FROM POWER 401 (-)
PLUG J43 PC BOARD
402

CHECK +40VDC 8(+)


POWER PC 1(-)
438 40 VDC
BOARD OPTIONAL 438 (+)
SOLENOID 431 (-)
CONNECTOR
SUPPLY FROM
PLUG J43 POWER PC BOARD 431

V350-PRO
F-28 F-28
NOTES

V350-PRO
F-29 F-29
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
OUTPUT DIODE MODULES TEST

WARNING

Service and repair should be performed by only Lincoln Electric factory trained personnel.
Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to the technician or
machine operator and will invalidate your factory warranty. For your safety and to avoid
electrical shock, please observe all safety notes and precautions detailed throughout this
manual.
If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the
test/repairs safely, contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical
troubleshooting assistance before you proceed. Call 1-800-833-9353 (WELD).

DESCRIPTION
This test will help determine if any of the output diodes are “shorted”.

MATERIALS NEEDED
Analog Voltmeter/Ohmmeter
Wiring Diagram

This procedure takes approximately 20 minutes to perform.

V350-PRO
F-30 F-30
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
OUTPUT DIODE MODULES TEST (continued)

FIGURE F.5 Machine Output Terminals

A MPS V OL
OLTS
TS

CONTROL
CONTROL WELD TERMINALS
REMO
REMOTE REMO
REMOTE
LOCAL ON
OUTPUT
SELECT SELECT

m WELD MODE HOT


HOT ST
START ARC CONTROL
CONTR

CC-STICK SOFT 5 0
4 6 -2 +2
CC-STICK CRISP 3 7 -4 +4

TIG GTAW
GT 2 8 -6 +6
CV-WIRE
CV-WIRE
1 9 -8 +8
SELECT
CV-FLUX
CV-FLUX CORED 0
10 -10 +10
SOFT CRISP

ON
OFF
OFF OFF
OFF OFF
OFF

OFF

NEGATIVE POSITIVE
OUTPUT OUTPUT
TERMINAL TERMINAL

TEST PROCEDURE
1. Remove input power to the V350-PRO. 4. Using the analog ohmmeter test for more
than 200 ohms resistance between positive
2. Locate the output terminals on the front and negative output terminals. Positive test
panel of the machine. See Figure F.5. lead to the positive terminal; Negative test
3. Remove any output cables and load from the lead to the negative terminal. See Figure
output terminals. F.6.
NOTE: The polarity of the test leads is most
important. If the test leads polarity is not cor-
rect, the test will have erroneous results.

V350-PRO
F-31 F-31
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
OUTPUT DIODE MODULES TEST (continued)
Figure F.6 Terminal Close-Up

ON
ON
OFF OFF OFF

OFF

+P
OBE

ROB
- PR

5. If 200 ohms is measured then the output 9. Test all output diode modules individually.
diodes are not “shorted”.
NOTE: This may require the disassembly of
NOTE: There is a 200 ohm resistor across the the leads and the snubber board from the
welding output terminals. diode modules. Refer to the Output Diode
Modules Removal and Replacement
6. If less than 200 ohms is measured, one or
Procedure for detailed instructions.
more diodes or the snubber board may be
faulty.
7. Perform the Filter Capacitor Discharge
Procedure detailed in the maintenance sec-
tion.
8. Locate the output diode modules and snub-
ber board. See Figure F.7.

V350-PRO
F-32 F-32
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
OUTPUT DIODE MODULES TEST (continued)

Figure F.7 Snubber and Output Diode Locations

Output Diode
Modules
Snubber
Board

LEFT SIDE

V350-PRO
F-33 F-33
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
AUXILIARY TRANSFORMER TEST

WARNING

Service and repair should be performed by only Lincoln Electric factory trained personnel.
Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to the technician or
machine operator and will invalidate your factory warranty. For your safety and to avoid
electrical shock, please observe all safety notes and precautions detailed throughout this
manual.
If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the
test/repairs safely, contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical
troubleshooting assistance before you proceed. Call 1-800-833-9353 (WELD).

DESCRIPTION
This procedure will determine if the correct voltage is being applied to the primary of auxil-
iary transformer and also if the correct voltage is being induced on the secondary windings
of the transformer.

MATERIALS NEEDED
Volt-ohmmeter (Multimeter)
5/16” Nut Driver
Wiring Diagram

This procedure takes approximately 25 minutes to perform.

V350-PRO
F-34 F-34
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
AUXILIARY TRANSFORMER TEST (continued)
FIGURE F.8 Auxiliary Transformer

Auxiliary
Transformer
Secondary Lead
Plugs P52 and P56

A AM
PS

V VO
LTS

A
OU
TP
LIN UT
C WEL
ELOLN D
TE
EC RM
IN
TR AL
S
IC

WA
RN IN SE
LE
ING
VE CT

RT
RE
MO
TE
EC
V3
50
-P
RO

PO
WE
R

ON

OF
F

TEST PROCEDURE
1. Remove input power to the V350-PRO. 4. Locate the auxiliary transformer. See Figure
F.8.
2. Using a 5/16” nut driver, remove the case
wraparound cover. 5. Locate the secondary leads and plugs P52
and P56. See Figure F.8 and F.9.
3. Perform the Input Capacitor Discharge
Procedure detailed earlier in this section.
FIGURE F.9 Plug Lead Connections Viewed From Transformer Lead Side of Plug

PLUG P52 PLUG P56


LEAD
LEAD
541
31

LEAD
41A

LEAD
LEAD LEAD LEAD
532
24 42 54

V350-PRO
F-35 F-35
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
AUXILIARY TRANSFORMER NO.1 TEST (continued)
TABLE F.4

LEAD IDENTIFICATION NORMAL EXPECTED VOLTAGE

31 TO 532 115 VAC


42 TO 541 42 VAC
24 TO 541 24 VAC
54 TO 41A 28 VAC
7. Carefully apply the correct input voltage to the
V350-PRO and check for the correct sec-
WARNING
ondary voltages per table F.4. Make sure the High voltage is present at primary of
reconnect jumper lead and switch are config- Auxiliary Transformer.
ured correctly for the input voltage being
applied. Make sure circuit breaker (CB2) is
functioning properly. 9. If the correct input voltage is applied to the
NOTE: The secondary voltages will vary if the primary, and the secondary voltage(s) are not
input line voltage varies. correct, the auxiliary transformer may be
faulty.
8. If the correct secondary voltages are present,
the auxiliary transformer is functioning proper- 10. Remove the input power to the V350-PRO.
ly. If any of the secondary voltages are miss- 11. Install the case wraparound cover using a
ing or low, check to make certain the primary 5/16” nut driver.
is configured correctly for the input voltage
applied. See Wiring Diagram.

V350-PRO
F-36 F-36
NOTES

V350-PRO
F-37 F-37
TROUBLESHOOTING AND REPAIR
CURRENT TRANSDUCER TEST

WARNING

Service and repair should be performed by only Lincoln Electric factory trained personnel.
Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to the technician or
machine operator and will invalidate your factory warranty. For your safety and to avoid
electrical shock, please observe all safety notes and precautions detailed throughout this
manual.
If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the
test/repairs safely, contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical
troubleshooting assistance before you proceed. Call 1-800-833-9353 (WELD).

DESCRIPTION
This test will help determine if the current transducer and associated wiring are functioning
correctly.

MATERIALS NEEDED
Volt-ohmmeter
5/16” Nut Driver
Grid Bank
External DC Ammeter

This procedure takes approximately 45 minutes to perform.

V350-PRO
F-38 F-38
TROUBLESHOOTING AND REPAIR
CURRENT TRANSDUCER TEST (continued)
FIGURE F.10 Metal Plate Removal & Plug J8 Location

5/16" Screws

Metal Plate

A AM
PS

V VO
LTS

A
OU
TP
LIN UT
C WEL
ELOLN D
TE
EC RM
IN
TR AL
S
IC

WA
RN IN SE
LE
ING
VE CT

RT
RE
MO
TE
EC
V3
50
-P
RO

PO
WE
R

ON

OF
F

Plug J8

TEST PROCEDURE
1. Remove input power to the V350-PRO. 6. Apply the correct input power to the V350-
PRO.
2. Using the 5/16” nut driver, remove the case
wraparound cover. 7. Check for the correct DC supply voltages to
the current transducer at plug J8. See Figure
3. Perform the Input Capacitor Discharge F.11.
Procedure.
A. Pin 2 (lead 802+) to pin 6 (lead 806-)
4. Using the 5/16” nut driver, remove the control should read +15 VDC.
box top and cut any necessary cable ties. See
Figure F.10. B. Pin 4 (lead 804+) to pin 6 (lead 806-)
should read -15 VDC.
5. Locate plug J8 on the control board. Do not
remove the plug from the P.C. Board. 8. If either of the supply voltages are low or miss-
ing, the control board may be faulty.

FIGURE F.11. Plug J8 Viewed From Lead Side of Plug

802 804
801

Plug J8
806
V350-PRO
F-39 F-39
TROUBLESHOOTING AND REPAIR
CURRENT TRANSDUCER TEST (continued)
TABLE F.5

EXPECTED TRANSDUCER FEEDBACK


OUTPUT LOAD CURRENT
VOLTAGE

300 2.4

250 2.0

200 1.6

150 1.2

100 0.8

9. Check the feedback voltage from the current 11. If the correct supply voltages are applied to
transducer using a resistive load bank and the current transducer, and with the machine
with the V350-PRO in mode 200. Mode 200 is loaded, the feedback voltage is missing or not
a constant current test mode. This mode can correct the current transducer may be faulty.
be accessed from the front panel of the V350 Before replacing the current transducer, check
by pressing and holding the Mode Select but- the leads and plugs between the control board
ton while turning the machine on. Then, rotate (J8) and the current transducer (J90). See The
the output knob while still holding the Mode Wiring Diagram. For access to plug J90 and
Select button in until the displays read “Mode the current transducer refer to: Current
200”. Release the Mode Select Button and Transducer Removal and Replacement
the machine will be in mode 200. With the Procedure.
V350-PRO in mode 200, apply the grid load
12. Remove input power to the V350-PRO.
across the output of the V350-PRO, set
machine output to 300 amps and enable 13. Replace the control box top and any cable ties
WELD TERMINALS. Adjust the grid load to previously removed.
obtain 300 amps on the external ammeter and
14. Install the case wraparound cover using the
check feedback voltages per Table F.5.
5/16” nut driver.
A. Pin 1 (lead 801) to Pin 6 (lead 806) should
read 2.4 VDC (machine loaded to 300
amps).
10. If for any reason the machine cannot be
loaded to 300 amps, Table F.5. shows what
feedback voltage is produced at various cur-
rent loads.

V350-PRO
F-40 F-40
NOTES

V350-PRO
F-41 F-41
TROUBLESHOOTING AND REPAIR
FAN CONTROL AND MOTOR TEST

WARNING

Service and repair should be performed by only Lincoln Electric factory trained personnel.
Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to the technician or
machine operator and will invalidate your factory warranty. For your safety and to avoid
electrical shock, please observe all safety notes and precautions detailed throughout this
manual.
If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the
test/repairs safely, contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical
troubleshooting assistance before you proceed. Call 1-800-833-9353 (WELD).

DESCRIPTION
This test will help determine if the fan motor, control board, switch board, or associated leads
and connectors are functioning correctly.

MATERIALS NEEDED
Voltmeter
5/16” Nut Driver

This procedure takes approximately 40 minutes to perform.

V350-PRO
F-42 F-42
TROUBLESHOOTING AND REPAIR
FAN CONTROL AND MOTOR TEST (continued)
TEST PROCEDURE
1. Remove the input power to the V350-PRO 3. Perform the Input Filter Capacitor Discharge
machine. Procedure.

2. Using the 5/16” nut driver, remove the case 4. Locate plug J22 on the main switch board. Do
wraparound cover. not remove the plug from the board. See
Figure F.12.
FIGURE F.12 PLUG J22 LOCATION

J22

J21 J20

5. Carefully apply the correct input power to the 6. Carefully check for 115VAC at plug J22 pin-2
machine. to J22 pin-3. (leads 115B to COM 2) See
Figure F.13. WARNING: HIGH VOLTAGE IS
PRESENT AT THE MAIN SWITCH BOARD.

FIGURE F.13 PLUG J22

Fan Lead Lead 115 B

Lead Com 2 Fan Lead

Plug J22
V350-PRO
F-43 F-43
TROUBLESHOOTING AND REPAIR
FAN CONTROL AND MOTOR TEST (continued)
7. If the 115VAC is low or not present perform 2. Energize the weld output terminals (Select
The Auxiliary Transformer Test. Also check Weld Terminals ON) and carefully check for
plug J22 and associated leads for loose or +15VAC at plug J20 pin-6+ to J20 pin-2- (leads
faulty connections. See the Wiring Diagram. 715 to 716). See Figure F.14. If the 15VAC is
present and the fan is not running then the
8. Energize the weld output terminals (Select
switch board may be faulty. If the 15VDC is
Weld Terminals ON) and carefully check for
not present when the weld terminals are ener-
115VAC at plug J22 pin-1 to J22 pin-4 (fan
gized then the control board may be faulty.
leads). See Figure F.13. If the 115VAC is pre-
Also check plugs J20, J7, and all associated
sent and the fan is not running then the fan
leads for loose or faulty connections. See the
motor may be faulty. Also check the associat-
Wiring Diagram.
ed leads between plug J22 and the fan motor
for loose or faulty connections. See the Wiring WARNING: HIGH VOLTAGE IS PRESENT AT
Diagram. WARNING: HIGH VOLTAGE IS THE SWITCH BOARD.
PRESENT AT THE SWITCH BOARD.
3. Remove the input power to the V350-PRO.
9. If the 115VAC is NOT present in the previous
Note: The fan motor may be accessed by the
step then proceed to the fan control test.
removal of the rear panel detailed in The
FAN CONTROL TEST PROCEDURE Current Transducer Removal and
Replacement Procedure.
1. Locate plug J20 on the switch board. Do not
remove the plug from the switch board. See 4. Replace the case wrap-around cover.
Figure F.12 and Figure F.14.
FIGURE F.14 PLUG J20

Lead 716-

Lead 715+

Plug J20

V350-PRO
F-44 F-44
NOTES

V350-PRO
F-45 F-45
TROUBLESHOOTING AND REPAIR
SPI CABLE RESISTANCE AND VOLTAGE TEST

WARNING

Service and repair should be performed by only Lincoln Electric factory trained personnel.
Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to the technician or
machine operator and will invalidate your factory warranty. For your safety and to avoid
electrical shock, please observe all safety notes and precautions detailed throughout this
manual.
If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the
test/repairs safely, contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical
troubleshooting assistance before you proceed. Call 1-800-833-9353 (WELD).

DESCRIPTION
This test will help determine if there is a possible “open” in the SPI cable and also determine
if the correct supply voltages are being applied to the boards in the SPI network.

MATERIALS NEEDED
Volt/Ohmmeter
5/16” Nut Driver

This procedure takes approximately 35 minutes to perform.

V350-PRO
F-46 F-46
TROUBLESHOOTING AND REPAIR
SPI CABLE RESISTANCE AND VOLTAGE TEST (continued)

TEST PROCEDURE
1. Remove the input power to the V350-PRO. 9. Using the ohmmeter check the continuity of
the remote board SPI cable from the plug (pre-
2. Using the 5/16” nut driver, remove the case viously connected to the display board) to the
wraparound cover. plug on the remote board.
3. Perform the Capacitor Discharge Procedure. 10. Reconnect the plugs into the display board
4. Using a 5/16” nut driver, remove the control and perform the Display Board Replacement
box top. Cut any necessary cable ties. Procedure.

5. Perform the Display Board Removal 11. With plug J3 still removed from the control
Procedure. Do not remove the SPI ribbon board, carefully apply the correct input power
cable connecting the display board to the sta- to V350-PRO.
tus board. If a remote board is present, the SPI 12. Turn on the machine.
cable plug connecting the remote board to the
display board will have to be removed from the 13. Carefully check for the presence of +15VDC
display board. from plug J3 pin -1(+) to plug J3 pin -10(-) at
the control board receptacle. See Figure F.15.
6. Locate and remove plug J3 from the control
board. See Figure F.15. 14. Carefully check for the presence of +5VDC
from plug J3 pin -2(+) to plug J3 pin -10(-) at
7. Check the resistance and continuity of the SPI the control board receptacle. See Figure F.15.
cable by testing with the ohmmeter from each
pin on plug J3 to the corresponding pins on 15. If either of these voltages are low or not pre-
the plug removed from the display board. See sent, the control board may be faulty. Replace.
the machine schematic drawing. 16. Remove the input power to the V350-PRO
8. The resistance reading pin to corresponding machine.
pin should be zero ohms or very low resis- 17. Replace plug J3 into the control board.
tance. If the resistance reading is high or
“open” check the plug connections to the SPI 18. Replace the control box top and any cable ties
network PC boards. If the connections are OK previously removed.
and the resistance is high or “open” the SPI 19. Replace the case wrap-around cover.
cable may be faulty.

FIGURE F.15 Plug J3

Pin 1
Pin 2
Plug J3

J3

Pin 10
e
t Sid
h
Rig

V350-PRO
F-47 F-47
TROUBLESHOOTING AND REPAIR
VOLTAGE AND CURRENT CALIBRATION PROCEDURE

WARNING

Service and repair should be performed by only Lincoln Electric factory trained personnel.
Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to the technician or
machine operator and will invalidate your factory warranty. For your safety and to avoid
electrical shock, please observe all safety notes and precautions detailed throughout this
manual.
If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the
test/repairs safely, contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical
troubleshooting assistance before you proceed. Call 1-800-833-9353 (WELD).

DESCRIPTION
This test will help determine if the machine is capable of producing welding output and to
check and adjust, if necessary, the voltage and or current calibration.

MATERIALS NEEDED
Resistive Load Bank
Calibrated Test Voltmeter
Calibrated Test Ammeter

This procedure takes approximately 20 minutes to perform.

V350-PRO
F-48 F-48
TROUBLESHOOTING AND REPAIR
VOLTAGE AND CURRENT CALIBRATION PROCEDURE (continued)

CALIBRATION CHECK VOLTAGE CALIBRATION


The calibration of the V350-PRO can be checked 1. Connect the resistive load band (approximate-
using a resistive load bank with the V350-PRO in ly .087 ohms) and test voltmeter to the welding
mode 200. Mode 200 is a constant current test output terminals.
mode.
2. Press and hold in the Mode Select button.
1. Press and hold in the Mode Select button.
3. Turn on the V350-PRO.
2. Turn on the V350-PRO.
4. Rotate the Output Control knob until the dis-
3. Rotate the output knob, while still holding the play reads “vol cAL”.
mode select button in, until the displays read
5. Release the Mode Select button.
“mode 200”.
6. Adjust the output control knob until the actual
4. Release the Mode Select button and the
output voltage reading on the test volt meter is
machine will be in mode 200.
20volts +/- .5 volts.
5. With the machine in mode 200 apply a resistive
7. Wait for the machine’s output to be automati-
load to the welding output terminals (approxi-
cally turned off and then back on.
mately .087 ohms) set the machine output to
300 amps and enable the Weld Terminals. 8. Adjust the Output Control knob again if neces-
(Weld Terminals Select ON). sary to make the actual voltage output 20 volts
+/- .5 volts.
6. Using the test meters note the output voltage
and current. 9. Wait for the machine’s output to be automati-
cally turned off and then back on.
7. The V350-PRO voltmeter must match the test
meter reading to within +/- 1 volt. 10. Repeat the above two steps if necessary.
8. The V350-PRO ammeter must match the test 11. Press and release the Mode Select button to
meter within +/- 5 amps. save the calibration.
9. If the voltmeter does not meet the specification NOTE: If the Mode Select button is not
then proceed to the Voltage Calibration pressed within 30 seconds after adjusting the
Procedure. Output Control knob the machine will leave the
calibration mode and use the previous calibra-
10. If the ammeter does not meet the specification
tion settings.
then proceed to the Current Calibration
Procedure.
NOTE: Before attempting to calibrate the voltage
or current setting of the V350-PRO, be sure to read
the entire voltage or current calibration section. If
the steps are not completed quickly, the machine
will automatically leave the calibration mode with-
out changing the calibration settings. The voltage
and current calibration settings of the V350-PRO
are completely independent of each other.
Adjusting one will not affect the other.

V350-PRO
F-49 F-49
TROUBLESHOOTING AND REPAIR
VOLTAGE AND CURRENT CALIBRATION PROCEDURE (continued)

CURRENT CALIBRATION
PROCEDURE
1. Connect the resistive load band (approxi- 10. Adjust the Output Control knob again if
mately .087 ohms) and test ammeter to the necessary to make the actual output cur-
welding output terminals. rent reading on the test ammeter 300
2. Press and hold in the Mode Select button. amps +/-2A.

3. Turn on the V350-PRO. 11. Wait for the machines output to be a u t o -


matically turned off and then back on.
4. Rotate the Output Control knob until the
display reads “cur cAL”. 12. Repeat the above two steps if necessary.

5. Release the Mode Select button. 13. Press and release the Mode Select button
to save the calibration.
6. The left display will change to “IcAL” to
indicate that current calibration is in 14. The left display will scroll the message IcAL
progress. SAVEd.

7. The right display will scroll the following 15. The machine will reset to normal operation.
message: Adj oCP SorEAL cur-300A. NOTE: If the Mode Select button is not
8. Adjust the Output Control knob until the pressed within 30 seconds after adjusting
actual output current reading on the test the Output Control knob the machine will
ammeter is 300amps +/-2A. leave the calibration mode and use the pre-
vious calibration settings.
9. Wait for the machines output to be
automatically turned off and then back on.

V350-PRO
F-50 F-50
NOTES

V350-PRO
F-51 F-51
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
CONTROL BOARD REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT

WARNING

Service and repair should be performed by only Lincoln Electric factory trained personnel.
Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to the technician or
machine operator and will invalidate your factory warranty. For your safety and to avoid
electrical shock, please observe all safety notes and precautions detailed throughout this
manual.
If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the
test/repairs safely, contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical
troubleshooting assistance before you proceed. Call 1-800-833-9353) (WELD).

DESCRIPTION
The following procedure will aid the technician in removing the control board for maintenance
or replacement.

MATERIALS NEEDED
5/16” Nut Driver
3/8” Nut Drive
Flathead Screwdriver
Phillips Head Screwdriver

This procedure takes approximately 45 minutes to perform.

V350-PRO
F-52 F-52
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR

CONTROL BOARD REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued)


FIGURE F.16 - CONTROL BOARD LOCATION

Control Board

A AM
PS

V VO
LTS

A
OU
TP
LIN UT
C WE
EL O LN LD
TE
EC RM
INA
TR LS
IC

WA
RN IN SE
LE
ING
VE CT

RT
RE
MO
TE
EC
V3
50
-P
RO

PO
WE
R

ON

OF
F

PROCEDURE
1. Remove input power to the V350-PRO. 5. Using a 5/16” nut driver remove the four screws
from the top and bottom of the front of the
2. Using a 5/16” nut driver remove the case wrap- machine. See Figure F.17.
around cover.
6. Using a phillips head screwdriver remove the six
3. Perform the Input Filter Capacitor Discharge screws and their washers from around the input
Procedure detailed earlier in this section. power switch. See Figure F.17.

4. Locate the control board behind the front panel of 7. Using a phillips head screwdriver remove the four
the machine. See Figure F.16. screws from around the two welder output termi-
nals on the front of the machine. See Figure F.17.

FIGURE F.17 CASE FRONT SCREW REMOVAL


5/16" Screws

A MPS V OL
OLTS
TS

CONTROL
CONTROL WELD TERMINALS
REMOTE
REMOTE REMOTE
REMOTE
LOCAL ON
OUTPUT
SELECT SELECT

m WELD MODE HOT


HOT STAR
START ARC CONTROL
CONTROL

CC-STICK SOFT 5 0
4 6 -2 +2
CC-STICK CRISP 3 7 -4 +4

TIG GT
GTAW 2 8 -6 +6
CV-WIRE
CV-WIRE
1 9 -8 +8
SELECT
CV-FLUX
CV-FLUX CORED 0
10 -10 +10
SOFT CRISP

Welder Output ON
OFF
OFF OFF
OFF OFF
OFF

Input Power
Terminal Screws OF F
OFF Switch Screws

5/16" Screws

V350-PRO
F-53 F-53
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
CONTROL BOARD REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued)

FIGURE F.18. - METAL PLATE LOCATION

5/16" Screws

Metal Plate

A AM
PS

V VO
LTS

A
OU
TP
LIN UT
C WEL
ELOLN D TE
EC RM
IN
TR AL
S
IC

WA
RN IN SE
LE
IN
G
VE CT

RT
RE
MO
TE
EC
V3
50
-P
RO

PO
WE
R

ON

OF
F

Plug J8

9. Using a 5/16” nut driver or a flathead screwdriver


CAUTION remove the metal plate on the top of the machine
that holds the case front assembly to the center
panel. There are two nylon cable ties that will
Observe static precautions detailed in PC need to be cut in order for the metal plate to be
Board Troubleshooting Procedures at the removed. See Figure F.18.
beginning of this section.
10. The control board is now accessible to replace.

8. The front of the machine may now gently be pulled


forward to gain access to the Control Board. Note:
The front of the machine cannot be removed com-
pletely, only pulled forward a few inches.

V350-PRO
F-54 F-54
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
CONTROL BOARD REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued)

11.. Beginning at the right side of the machine 13. Working your way down the left side of the board,
remove plugs J10A and J10B. Note: Be sure to remove plugs #J4 and #J3. See Figure F.19.
label each plugs position upon removal. See
Figure F.19.

12. Working your way across the top of the board


from right to left, label and remove plugs #J9,
#J8, #J7, #J6, and #J5. See Figure F.19.

FIGURE F.19 CONTROL BOARD PLUG LOCATION

J8 J9
J7
J6
J5

J4
J3

J10A i d e
t S
J10B ig h
R

V350-PRO
F-55 F-55
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
CONTROL BOARD REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued)

14. Using a 3/8” nut driver remove the four mounting 16. Replace the control board.
nuts from the four corners of the control board.
See Figure F.20.

15. Remove the control board. Note: Gentle prying


from behind the board using a flathead screw-
driver may be required.

FIGURE F.20 CONTROL BOARD MOUNTING SCREW LOCATION

Mounting
Screws

i d e
t S
ig h
R

V350-PRO
F-56 F-56
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
CONTROL BOARD REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued)

17. Replace the four 3/8” mounting nuts at the cor- 21. Replace the six phillips head screws and their
ners of the board. washers from around the input power switch.

18. Replace plugs #J3, #J4, #J5, #J6, #J7, #J8, #J9, 22. Using a 5/16” nut driver replace the four screws
#J10B, and #J10A previously removed. previously removed from the front of the machine

19. Using a 5/16” nut driver, replace the metal plate 23. Replace the case wraparound cover.
on the top of the machine that holds the case
front assembly to the center panel. Replace all
cable ties previously removed.

20. Replace the four phillips head screws removed


from the front of the machine located around the
two welder output terminals.

V350-PRO
F-57 F-57
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
DISPLAY BOARD REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT

WARNING

Service and repair should be performed by only Lincoln Electric factory trained personnel.
Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to the technician or
machine operator and will invalidate your factory warranty. For your safety and to avoid
electrical shock, please observe all safety notes and precautions detailed throughout this
manual.
If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the
test/repairs safely, contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical
troubleshooting assistance before you proceed. Call or 1-800-833-9353 (WELD).

DESCRIPTION
The following procedure will aid the technician in removing the display board for maintenance
or replacement.

MATERIALS NEEDED
5/16” Nut Driver
Flathead Screwdriver
Phillips Head Screwdriver

This procedure takes approximately 30 minutes to perform.

V350-PRO
F-58 F-58
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
DISPLAY BOARD REMOVAL & REPLACEMENT (continued)

FIGURE F.21 – DISPLAY BOARD LOCATION

Display Board
Status Board
Mode Board
C
L1 S7 1D
11 1
30
-1

L1
11
07
-2

ST
AT
US
IN
PU
T

MO
DE
SE
LE
CT

L1
11
10
-1

A AM
PS

V VO
LTS

A
OU
TP
LIN UT
C WEL
EL O LN D TE
EC RM
IN
TR AL
S
IC

WA
RN IN SE
LE
IN
G
VE CT

RT
RE
MO
TE
EC
V3
50
-P
RO

PO
W
ER

ON

OF
F

PROCEDURE
3. Perform the Input Filter Capacitor
1. Remove input power to the V350-PRO. Discharge Procedure detailed earlier in this
section.
2. Using a 5/16” nut driver remove the case
wraparound cover. 4. Locate the display board behind the front
panel of the machine. See Figure F.21.

V350-PRO
F-59 F-59
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
DISPLAY BOARD REMOVAL & REPLACEMENT (continued)

FIGURE F.22 – CASE FRONT SCREW LOCATION

5/16" Screws

A MPS V OL
OLTS
TS

CONTROL
CONTROL WELD TERMINALS
REMOTE
REMOTE REMOTE
REMOTE
LOCAL ON
OUTPUT
SELECT SELECT

m WELD MODE HOT STAR


ART ARC CONTR
CONTROL
OL

CC-STICK SOFT 5 0
4 6 -2 +2
CC-STICK CRISP 3 7 -4 +4

TIG GT
GTAW 2 8 -6 +6
CV-WIRE
CV-WIRE
1 9 -8 +8
SELECT
CV-FLUX
CV-FLUX CORED 0
10 -10 +10
SOFT CRISP

Welder Output ON
OFF OFF OFF

Input Power
Terminal Screws OF F
OFF Switch Screws

5/16" Screws

5. Using a 5/16” nut driver remove the four 8. The front of the machine may now gently be
screws from the top and bottom of the front of pulled forward to gain access to the display
the machine. See Figure F.22. Board. Note: The front of the machine cannot
be removed completely, only pulled forward a
6. Using a phillips head screwdriver remove the few inches.
six screws and their washers from around the
input power switch. See Figure F.22. 9. The display board is now accessible to
replace.
7. Using a phillips head screwdriver remove the
four screws from around the two welder out-
put terminals on the front of the machine. See
Figure F.22.

V350-PRO
F-60 F-60
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
DISPLAY BOARD REMOVAL & REPLACEMENT (continued)

10. Remove plug #J37 from the display board. 15. Replace the four phillips head screws removed
from the front of the machine located around the
11. Remove plug #J3 originating from the control two welder output terminals.
board located directly across from the display
board. 16. Replace the six phillips head screws and their
washers from around the input power switch.
12. Remove the display board. Note: Gentle prying
from behind the board may be required. 17. Using a 5/16” nut driver replace the four screws
previously removed from the front of the machine
13. Replace the display board.
18. Replace the case wraparound cover.
14. Replace plugs #J3 and #J37 previously removed.

V350-PRO
F-61 F-61
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
MAIN SWITCH BOARD REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT

WARNING

Service and repair should be performed by only Lincoln Electric factory trained personnel.
Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to the technician or
machine operator and will invalidate your factory warranty. For your safety and to avoid
electrical shock, please observe all safety notes and precautions detailed throughout this
manual.
If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the
test/repairs safely, contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical
troubleshooting assistance before you proceed. Call 1-800-833-9353 (WELD).

DESCRIPTION
The following procedure will aid the technician in removing the main switch board for main-
tenance or replacement.

MATERIALS NEEDED
5/16” Nut Driver
Flathead Screwdriver
7/16” mm Socket
3/16” Allen Wrench
3/8” Nut Driver

This procedure takes approximately 35 minutes to perform.

V350-PRO
F-62 F-62
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR

MAIN SWITCH BOARD REMOVAL & REPLACEMENT (continued)


FIGURE F.23 – MAIN SWITCH BOARD LEAD LOCATIONS

207 202
J22

- + - +

209
201 204

208 205

J21 J20
- + - +

203 206

PROCEDURE
1. Remove the input power to the V350-PRO. 5. Using a 5/16” and 3/8” nut driver remove the
input lead shield from the area at the bottom of
2. Using a 5/16” nut driver remove the case wrap- the main switch board.
around cover.
6. Using a 7/16” socket, remove leads 201, 202,
3. Perform the Input Filter Capacitor Discharge 203, 204, 205, 206, 207, 208, 209 from the
Procedure detailed earlier in this section. switch board. Note lead terminals locations
and washer positions upon removal.

7. Locate and disconnect the three harness plugs


associated with the main switch board. Plugs
CAUTION #J20, #J21, #J22. See Figure F.23.

Observe static precautions detailed in PC Board 8. Locate the eight capacitor terminals and
Troubleshooting Procedures at the beginning of remove the nuts using a 7/16” socket or nut
this section. Failure to do so can result in perma- driver. Note the position of the washers behind
each nut for replacement.
nent damage to equipment.

4. Locate the main switch board and all associat-


ed plug and lead connections. See figure F.23.
See Wiring Diagram.

V350-PRO
F-63 F-63
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR

MAIN SWITCH BOARD REMOVAL & REPLACEMENT (continued)


FIGURE F.24 – 3/16” ALLEN BOLT LOCATION

- + - +

3/16" ALLEN BOLTS

- + - +

9. Using a 3/16” allen wrench remove four allen 13. Replace the four allen bolts and washers
bolts and washers as shown in Figure F.24. previously removed.
At this point, the board is ready for removal.
Carefully remove the board from the 4 nylon 14. Replace the eight capacitor terminal nuts,
mounting pins. Note: Depress the retaining washers, and necessary leads previously
pins on the sides of the nylon mounts to removed.
release the board. See Figure F.25.
15. Reconnect the three harness plugs previous-
10. Carefully maneuver the board out of the ly removed.
machine.
16. Reconnect the nine leads (#201-#209) that
11. Apply a thin coat of Penetrox A-13 to the were previously removed.
IGBT heatsinks on the back of the new
switch boards mating surfaces. Note: Keep 17. Pre-torque all screws to 25 inch lbs. before
compound away from the mounting holes. tightening to 44 inch lbs.

12. Mount the new board on the nylon m o u n t - 18. Replace the case wraparound cover.
ing pins.

FIGURE F.25 – NYLON MOUNTING PIN

DEPRESS
LOCKING TAB ON
MOUNTING PIN
V350-PRO
F-64 F-64
NOTES

V350-PRO
F-65 F-65
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
MODE BOARD
REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT

WARNING

Service and repair should be performed by only Lincoln Electric factory trained personnel.
Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to the technician or
machine operator and will invalidate your factory warranty. For your safety and to avoid
electrical shock, please observe all safety notes and precautions detailed throughout this
manual.
If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the
test/repairs safely, contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical
troubleshooting assistance before you proceed. Call 1-800-833-9353 (WELD).

DESCRIPTION
The following procedure will aid the technician in removing the mode board for maintenance
or replacement.

MATERIALS NEEDED
5/16” Nut Driver
Small Flathead Screwdriver
Phillips Head Screwdriver
1/4” Wrench

This procedure takes approximately 30 minutes to perform.

V350-PRO
F-66 F-66
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
MODE BOARD
REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued)

FIGURE F.26 – MODE BOARD LOCATION

Display Board
Status Board
Mode Board
CS
L1 71
11 D1
30
-1

L1
11
07
-2

ST
AT
US
IN
PU
T

MO
DE
SE
LE
CT

L1
11
10
-1

A AM
PS

V VO
LTS

A
OU
TP
LIN UT
C WEL
ELOLN D TE
EC RM
IN
TR AL
S
IC

WA
RN IN SE
LE
IN
G
VE CT

RT
RE
MO
TE
EC
V3
50
-P
RO

PO
WE
R

ON

OF
F

PROCEDURE
3. Perform the Input Filter Capacitor
1. Remove input power to the V350-PRO. Discharge Procedure detailed earlier in this
section.
2. Using a 5/16” nut driver remove the case
wraparound cover. 4. Locate the mode board behind the front panel
of the machine. See Figure F.26.

V350-PRO
F-67 F-67
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
MODE BOARD
REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued)
FIGURE F.27 – CASE FRONT SCREW REMOVAL

5/16" Screws

A MPS V OL
OLTS
TS

CONTROL
CONTROL WELD TERMINALS
REMOTE
REMOTE REMOTE
REMOTE
LOCAL ON
OUTPUT
SELECT SELECT

m WELD MODE HOT START ARC CONTROL

CC-STICK SOFT 5 0
4 6 -2 +2
CC-STICK CRISP 3 7 -4 +4

TIG GTAW
GT 2 8 -6 +6
CV-WIRE
CV-WIRE
1 9 -8 +8
SELECT
CV-FLUX
CV-FLUX CORED 0
10 -10 +10
SOFT CRISP

Welder Output ON
ON
OFF OFF OFF

Input Power
Terminal Screws OFF
OFF Switch Screws

5/16" Screws

5. Using a 5/16” nut driver remove the four 7. Using a phillips head screwdriver remove the
screws from the top and bottom of the front of four screws from around the two welder output
the machine. See Figure F.27. terminals on the front of the machine. See
Figure F.27.
6. Using a phillips head screwdriver remove the
six screws and their washers from around the 8. The front of the machine may now gently be
input power switch. See Figure F.27. pulled forward to gain access to the mode
board. Note: The front of the machine cannot
be removed completely, only pulled forward a
few inches.

V350-PRO
F-68 F-68
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
MODE BOARD
REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued)
FIGURE F.28. – CASE FRONT

A MPS V OL
OLTS
TS

CONTROL
CONTROL WELD TERMINALS
REMOTE
REMOTE REMOTE
REMOTE
LOCAL ON
OUTPUT
SELECT SELECT

m WELD MODE HOT


HOT START
ST ARC CONTROL
CONTROL

CC-STICK SOFT 5 0
4 6 -2 +2
CC-STICK CRISP 3 7 -4 +4

TIG GTAW 2 8 -6 +6
CV-WIRE
1 9 -8 +8
SELECT
CV-FLUX CORED 0
10 -10 +10
SOFT CRISP

5/16" Screws

ON
OFF
OFF OFF
OFF OFF
OFF

OFF

9. Remove plug #J34 from the mode board. 14. Place both knobs in the full counter clockwise
position to gain access to the mounting
10. Remove plug #J31 originating from the status screws.
board located directly above the mode board.
15. Using a small flathead screwdriver, loosen the
11. Open the cover of the weld mode display on screw in the “Hot Start” knob and the “Arc
the front of the machine. Control” knob. The knobs should slide off of
their shafts. See Figure F.29.
12. Using a 5/16” nut driver, remove the three
5/16” screws as shown in Figure F.28. 16. Using a 1/4” wrench remove the nuts and their
washers behind the “Hot Start” and “Arc
13. Carefully maneuver the the mode faceplate up Control” knobs.
and away from the machine. The bottom of
the plate will come out first. Note: The mode 17. Remove the mode board by gently prying from
board will still be attached to its mounting behind the board.
plate.

V350-PRO
F-69 F-69
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
MODE BOARD
REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued)
FIGURE F.29 – SCREW IN CAP

Small Flathead
Screwdriver

18. Replace the mode board. 23. Replace the four phillips head screws removed
from the front of the machine located around
19. Replace the 1/4” nuts and their washers that the two welder output terminals.
mount the “Hot Start” and “Arc Control”
knobs. 24. Replace the six phillips head screws and their
washers from around the input power switch.
20. Using a small screwdriver replace the two
knobs previously removed. Be sure to place 25. Using a 5/16” nut driver replace the four
both potentiometers in the full counter clock- screws previously removed from the front of
wise position and position knobs for proper the machine
calibration.
26. Replace the case wraparound cover.
21. Replace the three 5/16” screws previously
removed from the front of the machine located
around the mode board knobs.

22. Replace plugs #J31 and #J34 previously


removed.

V350-PRO
F-70 F-70
NOTES

V350-PRO
F-71 F-71
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
STATUS BOARD REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT

WARNING

Service and repair should be performed by only Lincoln Electric factory trained personnel.
Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to the technician or
machine operator and will invalidate your factory warranty. For your safety and to avoid
electrical shock, please observe all safety notes and precautions detailed throughout this
manual.
If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the
test/repairs safely, contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical
troubleshooting assistance before you proceed. Call 1-800-833-9353 (WELD).

DESCRIPTION
The following procedure will aid the technician in removing the status board for maintenance
or replacement.

MATERIALS NEEDED

5/16” Nut Driver


Flathead Screwdriver
Phillips Head Screwdriver

This procedure takes approximately 30 minutes to perform.

V350-PRO
F-72 F-72
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
STATUS BOARD REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued)

PROCEDURE
3. Perform the Input Filter Capacitor
1. Remove input power to the V350-PRO. Discharge Procedure detailed earlier in this
section.
2. Using a 5/16” nut driver remove the case
wraparound cover. 4. Locate the status board behind the front
panel of the machine. See Figure F.30.

FIGURE F.30 – STATUS BOARD LOCATION

Display Board
Status Board
Mode Board
C
L1 S 71
11 D
30 1
-1

L1
11
07
-2

ST
AT
US
IN
PU
T

MO
DE
SE
LE
CT

L1
11
10
-1

A AM
PS

V VO
LTS

A
OU
TP
LIN UT
C WE
ELOLN LD
TE
EC RM
IN
TR ALS
IC

W AR
IN SE
LE
NI
NG
VE CT

RT
RE
MO
TE
EC
V3
50
-P
RO

PO
W
ER

ON

OF
F

V350-PRO
F-73 F-73
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR

STATUS BOARD REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued)


5. Using a 5/16” nut driver remove the four screws 8. The front of the machine may now gently be pulled
from the top and bottom of the front of the forward to gain access to the status Board.
machine. See Figure F.31. Note: The front of the machine cannot be removed
completely, only pulled forward a few inches.
6. Using a phillips head screwdriver remove the six
screws and their washers from around the input 9. The status board is now accessible to replace.
power switch. See Figure F.31.

7. Using a phillips head screwdriver remove the four


screws from around the two welder output termi-
nals on the front of the machine. See Figure F.31.

FIGURE F.31 – FRONT SCREW REMOVAL

5/16" Screws

A MPS V OLTS

CONTROL WELD TERMINALS


REMOTE REMOTE
LOCAL ON
OUTPUT
SELECT SELECT

m WELD MODE HOT


HOT ST
STAR
ART ARC CONTR
CONTROL
OL

CC-STICK SOFT 5 0
4 6 -2 +2
CC-STICK CRISP 3 7 -4 +4

TIG GT
GTAW 2 8 -6 +6
CV-WIRE
CV-WIRE
1 9 -8 +8
SELECT
CV-FLUX
CV-FLUX CORED 0
10 -10 +10
SOFT CRISP

Welder Output ON
O FF
FF O FF
FF O FF
FF

Input Power
Terminal Screws OFF Switch Screws

5/16" Screws

V350-PRO
F-74 F-74
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
STATUS BOARD REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued)

10. Remove plug #J311 and plug #J31 from the sta- 16. Replace the four phillips head screws removed
tus board. from the front of the machine located around the
two welder output terminals.
11. Remove plug #J37 originating from the display
board located directly above the status board. 17. Replace the six phillips head screws and their
washers from around the input power switch.
12. Remove the status board. Note: Gentle prying
from behind the board will be required. 18. Using a 5/16” nut driver replace the four screws
previously removed from the front of the machine
13. Replace the status board.
19. Replace the case wraparound cover.
14. Replace plug #J37 previously removed.

15. Replace plug #J31 and plug #J311 previously


removed.

V350-PRO
F-75 F-75
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
SNUBBER BOARD REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT

WARNING

Service and repair should be performed by only Lincoln Electric factory trained personnel.
Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to the technician or
machine operator and will invalidate your factory warranty. For your safety and to avoid
electrical shock, please observe all safety notes and precautions detailed throughout this
manual.
If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the
test/repairs safely, contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical
troubleshooting assistance before you proceed. Call 1-800-833-9353 (WELD).

DESCRIPTION
The following procedure will aid the technician in removing the snubber board for mainte-
nance or replacement.

MATERIALS NEEDED

5/16” Nut Driver


7/16 Socket or Nut Driver

This procedure takes approximately 15 minutes to perform.

V350-PRO
F-76 F-76
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
SNUBBER BOARD REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued)

PROCEDURE
1. Remove input power to the V350-PRO. 3. Perform the Input Filter Capacitor Discharge
Procedure detailed earlier in this section.
2. Using a 5/16” nut driver remove the case wrap-
around cover. 4. Locate the snubber board.. See Figure F.32.

FIGURE F.32 – SNUBBER BOARD LOCATION

Snubber
Board

LEFT SIDE
5. Remove small lead #B1 from the board. See 8. Replace the snubber board.
Figure F.33.
9. Replace the bolts, leads, and washers previously
6. Remove the four bolts using a 7/16” socket. Two removed. Torque bolt to 30-40 Inch Lbs.
of these bolts have leads #30 and #10 connected
to them. Note the position of all leads and associ- 10. Replace the case wraparound cover.
ated washers upon removal.

7. Carefully remove the snubber board.

FIGURE F.33 – SNUBBER BOARD LEADS (CLOSE UP)

Lead 30

Lead B1

Lead 10
V350-PRO
F-77 F-77
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
POWER BOARD REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT

WARNING

Service and repair should be performed by only Lincoln Electric factory trained personnel.
Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to the technician or
machine operator and will invalidate your factory warranty. For your safety and to avoid
electrical shock, please observe all safety notes and precautions detailed throughout this
manual.
If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the
test/repairs safely, contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical
troubleshooting assistance before you proceed. Call 1-800-833-9353 (WELD).

DESCRIPTION
The following procedure will aid the technician in removing the power board for maintenance
or replacement.

MATERIALS NEEDED

5/16” Nut Driver


Flathead Screwdriver

This procedure takes approximately 20 minutes to perform.

V350-PRO
F-78 F-78
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
POWER BOARD REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued)
FIGURE F.34 POWER BOARD LOCATION

POWER BOARD

LEFT SIDE

PROCEDURE
1. Remove input power to the V350-PRO. 3. Perform the Input Filter Capacitor Discharge
Procedure detailed earlier in this section.
2. Using a 5/16” nut driver remove the case wrap-
around cover. 4. Locate the power board. See Figure F.34.

V350-PRO
F-79 F-79
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
POWER BOARD REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued)

5. Locate the three plug connections. J41, J42 and 9. Replace with new power board.
J43. See figure F.35.
10. Secure the new power board into its proper posi-
6. Carefully remove the three plugs from the power tion with the four screws and washers previously
board. removed.

7. Remove the four screws and associated washers 11. Replace the three plugs previously removed.
at the corners of the board using a flathead screw- Plugs J41, J42 and J43.
driver. Board is ready for removal. Note the posi-
tion of washers upon removal. 12. Replace the case wraparound cover.

8. Remove the power board.

FIGURE F.35 – POWER BOARD LEAD LOCATION

J42

J41

J43

V350-PRO
F-80 F-80
NOTES

V350-PRO
F-81 F-81
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
INPUT RECTIFIER REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT

WARNING

Service and repair should be performed by only Lincoln Electric factory trained personnel.
Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to the technician or
machine operator and will invalidate your factory warranty. For your safety and to avoid
electrical shock, please observe all safety notes and precautions detailed throughout this
manual.
If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the
test/repairs safely, contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical
troubleshooting assistance before you proceed. Call 1-800-833-9353 (WELD).

DESCRIPTION
The following procedure will aid the technician in removing the input rectifier for maintenance
or replacement.

MATERIALS NEEDED

3/16” Allen wrench


5/16” Nut Driver
Flathead Screwdriver
Penetrox A-13 Heatsink Compound
Silicon Sealant

This procedure takes approximately 20 minutes to perform.

V350-PRO
F-82 F-82
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
INPUT RECTIFIER REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued)

PROCEDURE
1. Remove input power to the V350-PRO. 6. Remove the six screws from the terminals using a
flathead screwdriver. Carefully note the position of
2. Using a 5/16” nut driver remove the case all leads and their positions upon removal. See
wraparound cover. Figure F.37.

3. Perform the Input Filter Capacitor Discharge 7. Using a 3/16”in. allen wrench remove the two
Procedure detailed earlier in this section. mounting screws and washers from the input
bridge. See Figure F.37.
4. Locate the input rectifier. See figure F.36.
8. Remove the input bridge.
5. Carefully remove the silicon sealant insulating the
six input rectifier terminals.

FIGURE F.36 – INPUT RECTIFIER LOCATION

INPUT
RECTIFIER

A AM
PS

V VO
LTS

A
OU
TP
LIN UT
C WE
ELOLN LD
TE
EC RM
IN
TR ALS
IC

W AR
IN SE
LE
NI
NG
VE CT

RT
RE
M OT
E
EC
V3
50
-P
RO

PO
W
ER

ON

OF
F

V350-PRO
F-83 F-83
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
INPUT RECTIFIER REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued)

9. Apply a thin coat of Penetrox A-13 heatsink com- 11. Reconnect the previously removed leads to their
pound to the point of contact between the input proper locations. Torque to 31 inch pounds.
rectifier and the mounting surface.
12. Cover the input rectifier and its six terminals with
10. Secure the new input bridge into its proper posi- silicon sealant.
tion with the two 3/16”in. allen mounting screws
previously removed. Torque to 44 inch pounds. 13. Replace the case wraparound cover.

FIGURE F.37 – INPUT RECTIFIER (CLOSE-UP)

Small Lead "H1"


To Auxiliary Transformer
3/16" ALLEN
BOLTS
C
B
#207

#207A

A #209

Small Lead "A"


To Circuit Breaker
FRONT
REAR

V350-PRO
F-84 F-84
NOTES

V350-PRO
F-85 F-85
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
OUTPUT RECTIFIER MODULES REMOVAL AND
REPLACEMENT

WARNING

Service and repair should be performed by only Lincoln Electric factory trained personnel.
Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to the technician or
machine operator and will invalidate your factory warranty. For your safety and to avoid
electrical shock, please observe all safety notes and precautions detailed throughout this
manual.
If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the
test/repairs safely, contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical
troubleshooting assistance before you proceed. Call 1-800-833-9353 (WELD).

DESCRIPTION
The following procedure will aid the technician in removing the output rectifier modules for
maintenance or replacement.

MATERIALS NEEDED

3/16” Allen wrench


9/64” Allen wrench
5/16” Nut Driver
7/16” Wrench
Flathead Screwdriver
Penetrox A-13 Heatsink Compound
Thin Knife/Screwdriver

This procedure takes approximately 30 minutes to perform.

V350-PRO
F-86 F-86
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
OUTPUT RECTIFIER MODULES
REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued)

PROCEDURE
1. Remove input power to the V350-PRO. 5. Before the output rectifier modules can be
reached, the Snubber Board Removal
2. Using a 5/16” nut driver remove the case wrap- Procedure must be performed.
around cover.
6. After the snubber board is removed, remove the
3. Perform the Input Filter Capacitor Discharge four leads connected to the modules using a 3/16”
Procedure detailed earlier in this section. allen wrench. These leads are #X4, #X2, #20, #40.
Note their positions for reassembly. See Figure
4. Locate the output rectifier modules located behind F.38.
the snubber board. See figure F.38.
7. Remove the copper plates from the tops of the
modules.

FIGURE F.38 – OUTPUT RECTIFIER MODULE LEAD LOCATIONS

Lead #20 Lead #X2

Lead #X4
Lead #40

Snubber
Board

LEFT SIDE

V350-PRO
F-87 F-87
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
OUTPUT RECTIFIER MODULES
REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued)

8. Under the copper plate previously removed, there 13. The screw threads may catch on the threads of
is an allen bolt. Remove it using a 9/64” allen the heat sink, so be sure to get the face of the
wrench. screw into contact with the surface of the module
(using just hand torque).
9. Using a 7/16” socket remove the mounting bolts at
the top and bottom of the modules. See Figure 14. Using a 7/16” socket, tighten each mounting bolt
F.39. to between 5 and 10 inch pounds.

10. The output rectifier modules are ready for removal 15 Tighten the center allen screw to between 12 and
and/or replacement. 18 inch pounds.

11. Before replacing the diode module, apply a thin 16. Tighten each mounting bolt again (30 to 40 inch
even coat of Penetrox A-13 heatsink compound pounds this time).
to the bottom surface of the diode module. Note:
Keep the compound away from the mounting 15. Replace leads #X2, #X4, #20, #40 to their original
holes. terminals in their proper positions. Torque bolts to
30-40 Inch Pounds.
12. Press the module firmly against the sink while
aligning the mounting holes. Insert each outer 16. Perform the Snubber Board Replacement
screw through a spring washer and then a plain Procedure detailed earlier in this section.
washer and into the holes. Start threading all
three screws into the heat sink (2 or 3 turns by 17. Replace the case wraparound cover.
hand).

FIGURE F.39 – OUTPUT RECTIFIER MODULE MOUNTING BOLT LOCATIONS

Mounting Bolts

3/16" Allen
Bolts

9/64" Allen
Bolts

Mounting Bolts
LEFT SIDE
V350-PRO
F-88 F-88
NOTES

V350-PRO
F-89 F-89
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
CURRENT TRANSDUCER REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT

WARNING

Service and repair should be performed by only Lincoln Electric factory trained personnel.
Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to the technician or
machine operator and will invalidate your factory warranty. For your safety and to avoid
electrical shock, please observe all safety notes and precautions detailed throughout this
manual.
If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the
test/repairs safely, contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical
troubleshooting assistance before you proceed. Call 1-800-833-9353 (WELD).

DESCRIPTION
The following procedure will aid the technician in removing the current transducer for
maintenance or replacement.

MATERIALS NEEDED
5/16” Nut Driver
1/4” Nut Driver
1/2” Wrench
3/8” Wrench
Channel Locks
Flathead Screwdriver
Phillips Head Screwdriver
Hammer
Crescent Wrench
Pliers

This procedure takes approximately 45 minutes to perform.

V350-PRO
F-90 F-90
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
CURRENT TRANSDUCER REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued)
PROCEDURE
1. Remove input power to the V350-PRO. 5. Using a phillips head screwdriver remove the two
mounting screws from each wire feeder recepta-
2. Using a 5/16” nut driver remove the case wrap- cle. See Figure F.40.
around cover.
6. Using a 5/16” nut driver remove the four screws
3. Perform the Input Filter Capacitor Discharge from the top and bottom of the back of the
Procedure detailed earlier in this section.
machine. See Figure F.40.
4. Remove the caps on the two wire feeder recepta-
cles.

FIGURE F.40 – CASE BACK SCREW LOCATIONS

REAR
OFF

OFF OFF OFF

Wire Feeder Receptacle


Mounting Screws

Plastic
Nut

5/16" Mounting Screws

V350-PRO
F-91 F-91
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
CURRENT TRANSDUCER REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued)

7. Label and remove the four leads connected to the 11. Locate the steel nut located directly on the other
two wire feeder circuit breakers. Pliers may be side of the rear assembly behind the plastic nut
necessary. that was previously removed. See Figure F.41.

8. Label and remove the two leads connecting to the 12. Using a hammer and a flathead screwdriver, firm-
CB2 circuit breaker. Pliers may be necessary. ly tap the metal nut from the bottom of one of its
ribs. This tapping will loosen the nut. Note: Be
9. Label and remove the seven leads from the sure to tap from the bottom so the nut loosens in
reconnect panel. Pliers may be necessary. a counter clockwise fashion if viewed from the
front of the machine.
10. Using a crescent wrench, remove the large plastic
nut from around the input power line located at 13. Using a 3/8” wrench label and remove leads #202,
bottom of the rear assembly. See Figure F.41. #203, #206, #207A from the reconnect switches.
See Figure F.41.

FIGURE F.41 LEAD LOCATIONS

#206
#202
#207A
#203

A AM
PS

V VO
LTS

A
OU
TP
LIN UT
C WE
EL OLN LD
TE
EC RM
IN
TR AL
S
IC

WA
RN IN SE
LE
IN
G
VE CT

RT
R EM
O TE EC
V3
50
-P
RO

t
PO

ut
W
ER

ON

N u N
tal stic
O FF

e
M Pla

V350-PRO
F-92 F-92
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
CURRENT TRANSDUCER REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued)

14. The back of the machine may now gently be 19. Using a 3/8” wrench, remove the four mounting
pulled away to gain access to the current trans- screws from the output diode heatsink assembly.
ducer. Note: The rear of the machine cannot be Take note placement of insulation for reassembly.
removed completely. See Figure F.42.

15. Carefully swing the rear of the machine open to 20. Cut any necessary cable ties and carefully remove
the right while facing the rear of the machine. the heavy lead from the diode heatsink.

16. Perform the Snubber Board Removal 21. Remove the output diode heatsink assembly
Procedure. through the rear of the machine.

17. Remove leads #X2 and #20 from the output diode 22. Remove plug #J90 from the current transducer.
module.
23. Using a 3/8” nut driver, remove the two mounting
18. Remove leads #X4 and #40 from the other output nuts from the current transducer.
diode module.

FIGURE F.42– OUTPUT HEATSINK MOUNTING SCREW LOCATION

FOUR 3/8"
MOUNTING
BOLTS

LEFT SIDE
V350-PRO
F-93 F-93
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
CURRENT TRANSDUCER REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued)

24. Replace the current transducer. 33. Using a 3/8” wrench, replace leads #202, #203,
#206, and #207A previously removed from the
25. Replace the two 3/8” mounting nuts previously reconnect switches.
removed.
34. Tighten the metal nut previously removed from the
26. Reconnect plug #J90 to the current transducer. inside of the rear wall on the back of the machine.
Channel locks may be necessary.
27. Replace any necessary cable ties previously cut.
35. Replace the large plastic nut from around input
28. Replace the output diode heatsink assembly pre- power line located at the back of the machine.
viously removed using a 3/8” wrench.
36. Replace the seven leads to the reconnect panel in
Note: Be sure to place insulation in its original their proper locations.
location.
37. Replace the two leads to the CB2 circuit breaker.
29. Replace leads #X2, #20, #X4, #40 previously
removed from the two output diode modules. 38. Replace the four leads to the two wire feeder cir-
Torque to 30-40 inch lbs. cuit breakers.

30. Perform the Snubber Board Replacement 39. Using a 5/16” nut driver, replace the four screws
Procedure. at the top and bottom at the rear of the machine.

31. From the rear of the machine, replace the heavy 40. Replace the two phillips head mounting screws
flex lead to the bottom of the output diode from around each wire feeder receptacle.
heatsink assembly using a 1/2” wrench. Note:
Don’t forget to include all washers. 41. Replace the case wraparound cover.

32. The rear of the machine may now be placed back


into its original position.

V350-PRO
F-94 F-94
TROUBLESHOOTING AND REPAIR
RETEST AFTER REPAIR

Retest a machine:
If it is rejected under test for any reason that requires you to remove any part which could affect the
machine’s electrical characteristics.

If you repair or replace any electrical components:

IDLE AMPS

Input Volts Maximum Idle Amps Idle Watts

230VAC Less Than 1.0 Amp 400 Watts

460VAC Less Than 0.5 Amp 400 Watts

575VAC Less Than 0.5 Amp 400 Watts


Note: The machine’s output terminals should be energized but with no external load on the
machine.

PERFORM THE VOLTAGE AND CURRENT CALIBRATION PROCEDURE


This procedure is necessary to insure that the machine is capable of producing output and that the unit is
calibrated correctly.

FAN AS NEEDED (F.A.N.)


The fan should turn on when the machine’s output terminals are energized and stay on for approximately
5 minutes after the output terminals are de-energized.

V350-PRO
G-1 ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS G-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS
-ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS SECTION-
ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SECTION G
WIRING DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-2
MACHINE SCHEMATIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-3
CONTROL PC BOARD SCHEMATIC #1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-4
CONTROL PC BOARD SCHEMATIC #2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-5
CONTROL PC BOARD SCHEMATIC #3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-6
CONTROL PC BOARD SCHEMATIC #4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-7
CONTROL PC BOARD ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-8
POWER SUPPLY PC BOARD SCHEMATIC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-9
POWER SUPPLY PC BOARD ASSEMBLY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-10
SWITCH PC BOARD SCHEMATIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-11
SWITCH PC BOARD ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-12
DISPLAY PC BOARD SCHEMATIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-13
DISPLAY PC BOARD ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-14
STATUS PC BOARD SCHEMATIC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-15
STATUS PC BOARD ASSEMBLY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-16
MODE SELECT PC BOARD SCHEMATIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-17
MODE SELECT PC BOARD ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-18
REMOTE PC BOARD SCHEMATIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-19
REMOTE PC BOARD ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-20
SNUBBER PC BOARD SCHEMATIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-21
SNUBBER PC BOARD ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-22

V350-PRO
G-2 ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS G-2
WIRING DIAGRAM - INVERTEC V350-PRO

WIRING DIAGRAM INVERTEC V350-PRO


INPUT } RIGHT SIDE OF MACHINE
PER
N.A. + C1,C3 1001,1002,
1010,1020
206 3200/300 203
SWITCH
607 J20
205 208
615 5 1
716 1010
715 6 2
611 4 8 1020
612 7 3 209 610 1002 1020
609 3 7 605 1001 1010
602 8 4 J21 608 G W R B
2 6 616
1001 903 3 6 J9 1 1 W V U
1 5 1002
2 5 2 2
J22
1 2 204 201 901 1 4 J10A J10B J11
502 CB1
J8

xxxxxxx
3 4
202 3200/300 207
804 4 8 C B A 100 A CIRCUIT
505 3 7 BREAKER

COM2
115V
FAN

FAN
+C2,C4 802 2 6
806
801 1 5
201 CURRENT S
J7
205 16 TRANSDUCER T

532

42
716

541
41A

31
54

24
P56 15 4A A
PRIMARY 715 J331

801
804
802
806
J311
RECONNECT P52
B 6 12 T J37

UT
1 6 1 11 5 7 16 R 4 277

N
I-O

I-I
5 11 2 U 2 4 276

PR
4321 5 10

PR
FAN FAN
E 75 4 J34
I
4 10 J90 2 2A 275
77 S 1 3 4 9

FRONT OF MACHINE
6 77 76 75 5 10
M 76
901 D

+
COM2A 3 9 76A + 77A 75A 3 8
554 4 9 277

COM1
O E D
COM2

FAN 2
115V

42V

24V
R5 I

28V
203 207A C X2 2 8 553 2 7
SE 552 F C 3 8 10K/2W 276
204 3 OS
T X20 J1 T 1 7 551 A B S 1 6
7 2 7 275
BO E J33
L1 P
REAR OF MACHINE

J6 TP4
608 5 10 901B 6 PIN 1 6 CONTROL
H2
H3
H4
H5
H6
H1

8 16

UT
X3
X30 REACTOR 616 R1 POT L

I-O
X J31
4 9 REMOTE

PR
206 208 607 7 15 M
1
AUXILIARY X30 615 3 8 S1 901A (REAR VIEW ) 5 10 A

I-I N
202 6 14 O
CHOKE C

PR
XFMR 605 5 13 2 7 21B 4 9 Y
( 380-575VAC POSITION ) xxxxxxx 610 O 21 D
1 6 3 8
INPUT SE
C X10 612
4 12
TP6 E
N.C. CB2 BRIDGE A
A OS
T 503
611 3 11 N 903A 2 7
BO 903B
A 2A A MAIN 506 T
+ 602 2 10 1 6

H4
380-
415V
H2
200-
208V
209

207A
D
_
A TP1
A

B
TP3
XFMR
X4 X40

X10
L2
REACTOR
609

502
503
1

2
1
9

4
3
J5
R
O
L
J2
903
_ TP5

E B TP2
550-
575V
440-
460V
220-
230V 207
_ C
505 506
12 11 10 9
J4
8 7
J3
10 9 8 7 6
H6 H5 H3 F C H1 J42 4 1 412
6 5 4 3 2 1 5 4 3 2 1
CONTROL 407

406
405

403

401
411

402
5 2
410
RECTIFIER

412
411
410

408
407
554 553 6 3 408
X4 X2 OUTPUT C5 FLEX CIRCUIT FLEX CIRCUIT FLEX CIRCUIT FLEX CIRCUIT
+ GAS
RECTIFIER
2400/80 J41 3 1 66
SOLENOID

+
66 65 4 2 65
32 432
GND 42 41A J43 7 1 431
A J J A 31 438
41B GND X30 66B ~ 65B P 8 2 432
B 41 K I B K I 405
41 41B 32 2A - O 9 3 403 P55

+
2B C L N H 21B 2B C L N H 21 X20
X40 438 1 551
6A D M G 24 2A 4A D M G S W 10 4 406
CB1 4B CB2 4B 431 2 552
E F 75B E F 75A
N ~ E 11 5
401 3
541 532 75B U 54 12 6 402
77B 76B 77B 77A 76B 76A
B
R 4
B
24/42V WIRE FEEDER 115V WIRE FEEDER X10 E COLOR CODE:
SNB
REMOTE REMOTE R B = BLACK
(REAR VIEW )
(REAR VIEW) G = GREEN
R = RED
W = WHITE
U = BLUE
21,21B,2A,4A, N = BROWN
NOTES 75A,76A,77A LEFT SIDE OF MACHINE Y = YELLOW
: N.A. 1. FOR MACHINES SUPPLIED WITH INPUT CABLE
N.B. SINCE COMPONENTS OR CIRCUITRY OF A PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD MAY CHANGE WITHOUT AFFECTING
FOR SINGLE PHASE INPUT: CONNECT GREEN LEAD TO GROUND PER NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE. THE INTERCHANGEABILITY OF A COMPLETE BOARD, THIS DIAGRAM MAY NOT SHOW THE EXACT
CONNECT BLACK AND WHITE LEADS TO SUPPLY CIRCUIT. COMPONENTS OR CIRCUITRY HAVING A COMMON CODE NUMBER.
WRAP RED LEAD WITH TAPE TO PROVIDE 600V. INSULATION. N.C. PLACE "A" LEAD ON APPROPRIATE CONNECTION FOR INPUT VOLTAGE. J2,J5,J11,
FOR THREE PHASE INPUT: CONNECT GREEN LEAD TO GROUND PER NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE. CONNECTION SHOWN IS FOR 550-575V OPERATION.
J31,J33, J22, J41, J8,
J10A,
CONNECT BLACK, RED & WHITE LEADS TO SUPPLY CIRCUIT. J1,J6,J7, P52 J34,J37 J311, P55 J9, J42, P53 J20,J21 J43, J331 J10B
1 8 1 5 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 6 1
2. FOR MACHINES NOT SUPPLIED WITH INPUT CABLE
FOR SINGLE PHASE INPUT: GROUND MACHINE PER NATIONAL AND LOCAL ELECTRICAL CODES.
CASE FRONT BASE MODE PANEL 9 16 6 10 3 4 4 6 5 8 7 12 2
CONNECT TERMINALS U & W TO SUPPLY CIRCUIT.
PROTECTIVE BONDING CIRCUIT
FOR THREE PHASE INPUT: GROUND MACHINE PER NATIONAL AND LOCAL ELECTRICAL CODES. CONNECTOR CAVITY NUMBERING SEQUENCE
CONNECT TERMINALS U, V & W TO SUPPLY CIRCUIT. ELECTRICAL SYMBOLS PER E1537 (VIEWED FROM COMPONENT SIDE OF BOARD)
6-2-2000A

G3707
NOTE: This diagram is for reference only. It may not be accurate for all machines covered by this manual. The wiring diagram specific to your code is pasted inside one of the enclosure panels of your machine.

V350-PRO
G-3 ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS G-3
SCHEMATIC - COMPLETE MACHINE

SWITCH BOARD 609


J20-4
MAIN
CR1
INPUT CONTROL BOARD
209 RELAY J20-8 602

609 J6-9 +15V


RECONNECT SWITCH CR1 602 J6-2 MAIN RELAY CONTROL
206 205 616 J6-16 VOLTAGE / FREQUENCY CONVERTER #1 (+)
SNUBBER 608 J6-8 VOLTAGE / FREQUENCY CONVERTER #1 (-)

B-OUT
1001 J10A-1 PRIMARY CURRENT SENSE #1 (-)

+
BOARD 1002 J10A-2 PRIMARY CURRENT SENSE #1 (+)
100 AMP
4200 uF

S
CIRCUIT BREAKER J21-6 616
/
- V/F CONVERTER # 1 REACTOR

0
J21-2 608

X3
6

S
INPUT SWITCH OUTPUT I OUT J90-3 801 801 J8-1 CURRENT FEEDBACK ( 4V=500A )
J21-1 1001 DIODES

7
+15V J90-1 802 802 J8-2 +15V

S
+

0
-15V J90-2 804 804 J8-4 -15V

X2
H1 4200 uF J21-5 1002
806 806 J8-6

A-IN
AC3 POS GND J90-4 CONTROL BOARD COMMON

MAIN TRANSFORMER
L1
W WHITE -

X2
C POSITIVE

S
203 208

FR-IN
TP3 TP2 + 901 J9-1 (+) STUD VOLTAGE SENSE
L2 AC2 901A 901B 903 J9-3 (-) STUD VOLTAGE SENSE
INPUT V RED B CURRENT C1/TP1 320V
LINES 202 R1

X3
TP1 204 TRANSDUCER .05uF 160J
AC1

250 Ohms
L3 NEG S1
TP3 600V

X1
U BLACK A 21B

A-OUT

BK-IN
+
21 150V
L3 4200 uF 80J
G GREEN -
A MAIN CHOKE 903A

S
X4
J21-7 605 NEGATIVE

3
V/F CONVERTER # 2 903B -

0
xxxxxxx
GND 2A

X4
2
J21-3 610

B-IN S
THERMOSTAT

+
C2/TP2
Dashed lines represent 4200 uF J21-4 REACTOR 506 320V J1,J6,J7, P52
- 503 .05uF 160J

0
copper bus connections.

X1
207 J21-8 B1 600V
1 8
SNB 506
Shown connected for 201
1010 505 503 THERMOSTAT 9 16
200 - 240 Volt Input Voltage 1020 J5-3

TRANSFORMER
FAN CONTROL
502 J5-2 THERMOSTAT J31,J33,

PULSE

high = softstart off


FAN POWER

SOFT START
1 J34,J37 5
(-) (+)
(380-415)
(220-230)
(200-208)

(440-460)
(550-575)

AUXILIARY (+) (-) 505


605 J6-5 VOLTAGE / FREQUENCY CONVERTER #2 (+)

J22-4
J22-1
J22-2
J22-3
6 10

J20-7

J20-3
VOLTAGE / FREQUENCY CONVERTER #2 (-)

J20-5
J6-10

J20-6
J20-1

xxxxxxx
J20-2
TRANSFORMER 610
1010 J10B-1 PRIMARY CURRENT SENSE #2 (-)
502
H1
H2
H3
H4
H5
H6

1020 J10B-2 PRIMARY CURRENT SENSE #2 (+) J2,J5,J11,


FAN 611 611 J6-11 GND (a) J22,J41,
716 607 615 SOFT START CONTROL
115 VAC 612 612 J6-12 J311,P55
715 615 J6-15 PULSE TRANSFORMER GATE DRIVE
FAN FAN 1 2
COM2A

541 J52-16 COM1A


COM2

J6-7 PULSE TRANSFORMER GATE DRIVE


COM1

607
115B
115A

J52-5 42V

715 J7-15 + 15 (a)


24V

28V

716 J7-16 FAN CONTROL 3 4


J52-11

532 J52-1

41A J56-6

J52-7
J56-1

J9,J42,P53
power down signal J42-4 407 407 J4-7 POWERDOWN SIGNAL (HIGH=RUN)
COM2 POWER +15 (a) J42-1 412 412 J4-12 +15V (a)
1 3
BOARD MACHINE
54

42
24
31

115B CONTROL +5 (a) J42-3 408 408 J4-8 +5V (a) 4 6


POWER GND (a) J42-5 410 410 J4-10 GND (a)
SUPPLY J8,J20, J21
-15 (a) J42-2 411 411 J4-11 -15V (a) 1 4
54 65B +5 SPI (b) J43-1 403 403 J4-3 +5V SPI (b)
541 65
J45-2 SPI +15 SPI (b) J43-6 402 402 J4-2 +15V SPI (b) 5 8
CB1 6A POWER
532 +40 VDC
41 66 SUPPLY SPI GND (b) J43-12 401 401 J4-1 GND SPI (b) J43, J331
J45-1 1 6
2A 42 RS232 +5 RS232 (e) J43-4 406 406 J4-6 +5V RS232 (e)
21B
24 66B 41A supply GND (e) J43-9 405 405 J4-5 GND (e)
41 75B 7 12
32
H G +20 (c) 438
F J43-8 J10A,
41B I N M CHOPPER GND (c) J43-2 432 J10B
J K E POWER
L SUPPLY +20 (d) 1
D 551 P55-1 J43-7
A 438
B C P55-2 431 GND (d) J43-1 431
552
24 / 42 Volt Amphenol
(top amphenol on P55-3 2
back of machine) 76 P55-4
2B 77B 76B 77
41B FLEX
4B FLEX CONNECTOR CAVITY NUMBERING SEQUENCE
4 CIRCUIT
F CIRCUIT LOCAL CONTROL (VIEWED FROM COMPONENT SIDE OF BOARD)
2 FLEX FLEX
115 Volt Amphenol A E
(bottom amphenol CIRCUIT CIRCUIT J3-1 (+)15 VOLT SPI
on back of machine) J3-2 (+)5 VOLT SPI
D

277
275

276
B
J3-3 /SS
21 75B 75A C 75
J3-4 CS1

J31-10
J31-1

J31-10
J31-2
J31-3
J31-4

J31-9
J31-8
J31-7
J31-5
J31-7
J31-9

J31-6

J31-2
J311-1

J31-6

J31-5
J311-3

J31-8

J31-4
J31-3
J31-1
J31-10

LOCAL CONTROL J311-4


J311-2
GROUND SPI J31-10

J31-7
J31-9
J31-8

J31-5
J31-4
J31-6

J31-3
MOSI J31-9
J31-8
J31-7

J31-1
J31-6

J31-3
J31-5
CS1 J31-4
J31-2

J31-2
J31-1
6 Pin Ampehnol J3-5 CS2
J331-6
J331-5

J331-1
J331-9
"2" LEAD J331-11
J331-10

J331-4
J331-3
J331-2
NO CONNECTION J331-12

J331-7

H
J331-8

G J3-6 CS3
I F (front of machine)

NO CONNECTION
GROUND SPI
MOSI
N

MISO

(+)5 VOLT SPI


SCK
CS3
CS2
GROUND SPI

/SS
CS1
GROUND SPI
LOCAL CONTROL
LOCAL CONTROL
CS1

CS1
NO CONNECTION

MISO
MOSI

MOSI

CS2

NO CONNECTION
/SS
SCK
CS3
J3-7 MISO

(+)5 VOLT SPI


MISO

M
SCK

+ 5 VOLT SPI
CS3
CS2

NO CONNECTION
/SS
MISO
CS2

+ 5 VOLT SPI
SCK

CS3

NO CONNECTION
/SS

31 J K E
L D J3-8 SCK
6 PIN'S "76" LEAD
SOLENOID SUPPLY (+)

A
SOLENOID SUPPLY (-)

32
SOLENOID COIL (+)

6 PIN'S "4" LEAD

SOLENOID COIL (-)


14 PIN'S "4" LEAD

"75" LEAD
14 PIN'S "76" LEAD
"77" LEAD

B C 77A 76A J3-9 MOSI


CC - STICK 7018

THERMAL
CC - STICK 6010 J3-10 GROUND SPI
2B TIG GTAW
2A 4B 4A CV - WIRE
LOCAL / REMOTE REMOTE WELD NOTES :
CV - FLUX CORE REMOTE TERMINALS AMPS VOLTS N.A. PC BOARD COMPONENTS SHOWN FOR REFERENCE
CONTROL ON / OFF ONLY. ALL COMPONENTS ARE NOT SHOWN.
AMPHENOLS VIEWED FROM FRONT (OUTSIDE OF MACHINE) LOCAL ON
554 HOT ARC
MODE SELECT START CONTROL STATUS PANEL DISPLAY PANEL
GAS SOLENOID +10 Volts MODE SELECT PANEL
(option)
ELECTRICAL SYMBOLS PER E1537
+

553 REMOTE BOARD

graphical representation
of potentiometer connection
6-2-2000A
NOTE: This diagram is for reference only. It may not be accurate for all machines covered by this manual.

V350-PRO
G-4 ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS G-4
SCHEMATIC - CONTROL PC BOARD #1

3
475 +15V +5V
BAV70LT1 3 2 J7 475 R16
D89 R9 6 J7 +5V +5V

G10 V9 109
G11 V10 121
G12 V11 135
G13 V12 144
R42 1 Q1 74AC573

V1 11
V2 19
V3 37
V4 47
V5 61
V6 72
V7 86
V8 89
MISC0 2 1
MMBT4401 X24
(4) R18
475 C94 C107 11 LE DATA[0:15]
VDDSYN 84 /RES 1
D24
4.75K
10.0K
C15 2
18V 7 J7 C105 C93 C109 C106 38 VSTDBY VDDE 25
R170 2
OE'
19 DATA0
1uF 1uF 10.0K D X21 Q

G14
1.5W
R261 VSSE 26 2 3 18 DATA1

G1
G2
G3
G4
G5
G6
G7
G8
G9
1 11

100pF 1SMB5931 R10


475 35V 35V 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF C95 R171 4 D 1
X2111
Q 17 DATA2
1 D X21 Q
1 J7 Q15 5 16 DATA6

2
12
20
35
48
54
62
74
82
91
107
120
128
134
1 11

MC68332 D X21 Q
MMBT4401 3 0.1uF 1.00K MMBT4403 C99 6 D
1

X21
11

Q 15 DATA7
NOISE_GND R14 3 7 1 11

14 DATA11
R19
475 D +5V VPP 8 D X21 Q 13 DATA3
J7
1 11

1 Q4 5 0.1uF D X21 Q
R43 475 15 J7 +15V 9 D
1

X21
11

Q 12 DATA8
MISC1
R172
(4) 2 D29 R17 10.0K
475 R8 D D
4.75K C18 1 2
18V
14 J7 R90 CAP1
10.0K BAV70LT1 1.5W C119 C110 C120 C108 22.1K X10 (2,4)
R260 D84 1SMB5931
1.00K
9 8
D +5V
100pF
3 22uF 22uF 0.1uF 0.1uF
J6 16 D9 C44
74AC14
5.1V +5V
20V 20V 1/2W X25 C111
14 13
3
MMBT4401 3 R20 +15V MMSZ5231 4700pF
+5V
C143 /RES 12 WP' VPP 37
RP' VCC
BAV70LT1 J6
1K
8
NOISE_GND 8 J7 +15V ADDR1 25 0.1uF

512Kx16
D90 1 D R256
A0
Q6

ADDR[1:19]

FLASH
475 C12 NOISE_GND D 330pF ADDR2 24
R47 2 1
ADDR3 23 A1
THERMAL_LED MF-R050 R81 R88 +5V 1K A2
(4) 2 D31 PTC
C13 J4 7 X10 X30 R255 3
ADDR4 22 A3 D
4.75K 4.7uF ADDR5 21
C25 11 10 3 4

MMBT4401
18V X3 35V 475 ADDR6 20 A4 D0 29 DATA0
10.0K 475 74AC14 74AC14 A5 31 DATA1
1.5W 1 C43 R179 1 ADDR7 19 D1
R259 100pF
1SMB5931 VS1 8 120uF R87
D44
Q19 ADDR8 18 A6 D2 33 DATA2
VS2 6 NOISE_GND 50V 10.0K 5.1V
2 X23 3.32K 3 A7 35 DATA3

MMBR130LT3MMBR130LT3
ADDR9 8 D3
OUTPUT1 7
OUTPUT2 4
7 J6 820pF 1/2W C104 VDD 2 ADDR10 7 A8 D4 38 DATA4
RES' 1 1 A9 40 DATA5
MMSZ5231
MMBT4401 3 GND1 5 C122 C135 C14 6 J6 Q20 ADDR11 6 A10 D5 42 DATA6

D76
NOISE_GND VSS MMBT4401 ADDR12 5 D6
R15 GND2 3 1uF D A11 44 DATA7
3 S80746AN 2 ADDR13 4 D7
1 13 J7 NC 2
INPUT
0.1uF 1uF 0.1uF 14 J6 D
PWRDN_INT
35V 4.6V/2% ADDR14 3 A12
A13 D8 30
32
DATA8
DATA9
R46 Q5 475 ADDR15 2 D9
A14 D10 34 DATA10
(4) STT_ON 2 MIC4451BM 15 J6 +5V D D ADDR16
ADDR17
1
48 A15 D11 36 DATA11
4.75K
D30 BAT54S R40 475 A16 D12 39 DATA12
C22

D77
BAV70LT1 1 2 18V D80 1 ADDR18 17 A17 D13 41 DATA13
10.0K ADDR19 16

R186 10.0K
10.0K R181

10.0K R164

10.0K R180

10.0K R199

10.0K R200
D85 1.5W A18 D14 43 DATA14
R258 100pF 1SMB5931 /RES X2 /CSB 26 CE' D15 45 DATA15
3 1 NOISE_GND /RES R/W R/W 11

MMBR130LT3MMBR130LT3
3
VS1 8 +5V (3) (2) WE' GND1 46
VS2 6 28 OE' GND2 27
MMBT4401 3 2 OUTPUT1 7 47 BYTE'

D114
3 NOISE_GND

0.1uF
C90
475 OUTPUT2 4 /RES +5V X30
BAV70LT1
D91 1 Q7 16 J7 GND1 5 J1 7 10.0K
R254
11 10 +5V TE28F800B5-B90 D
R21 GND2 3 C123 C136 C11 /BERR
74AC14

FAN_CONTROL
R51 2 1
NC 2 J1 6 X24
(4) 2 D32 INPUT FREEZE CRYSTAL 85 87
0.1uF 1uF 0.1uF J1 5 EXTAL XFC

D115
18V 83 90 CLK
4.75K
10.0K
C27 1 2 1.5W 1BAT54S MIC4451BM /BKPT XTAL CLKOUT (1,4)
R257
BAV70LT1
D86
1SMB5931 D81 J1 13 /RES 92
RESET' CSBOOT' 140 /CSB
141 /CS0
100pF /DS 93 BR' /CS0'
3
/RES
3 R36
475
J1 14
TSC 80
HALT' BG' /CS1' 142 /CS1
143 /CS2
TSC BGACK' /CS2'
NOISE_GND
J1 15 /BERR 94 BERR' IPIPE' /DSO 77 /IPIPE
2 +15V FREEZE 81 78 /IFETCH
D4 D3 D /BKPT 79 FREEZE IFETCH' / DSI 103 R/W
BKPT'/DSCLK R/W
/RES R11 R41 NOISE_GND
9 J6 FPGA_RESET FPGA_RESET 114
(4) 5
X10 6 13
X30 12
J7 9 LEVEL_IN
(3) S1G S1G (4) FPGA_DONE FPGA_DONE 113 DSACK0' /PE0 A0 115
(4) DSACK1' /PE1 39 ADDR1

MICRO_CONTROLLER
+5V LEVEL_IN 112 A1
J6
74AC14 74AC14
475 475 2 RMC RMC 111 AVEC' /PE2 A2 40 ADDR2
D25 2 IRLR120N
(4) /AS /AS 106 RMC'/PE3 A3 41 ADDR3 12 J1
(4) /DS /DS 110 AS'/PE4 A4 42 ADDR4
5.1V
R187 (4) DS'/PE5 43 ADDR5
1/2W
26.7K 2 BAV99
D78
Q9 16V
D15 SOFTST 105
MN_CNT 104 SIZ0 /PE6 A5
A6 44 ADDR6 4 J1
MMSZ5231
R84 1.5W SIZ1 /PE7 A7 45 ADDR7
+15V 3 1 46 ADDR8
(4) OUTPUT_ON OUTPUT_ON 102 A8
1SMB5930
J7 10 475 1 3 10A,100V SYS_RESET SYS_RESET 101 PF0/ MODCLK A9 49 ADDR9
0V = NORMAR D (2,3,4) PWRDN_INT 100 PF1/ IRQ1' A10 50 ADDR10
5V = FAULT NOISE_GND 0.1uF 1 3 FAULT_INT 99 PF2/ IRQ2' A11 51 ADDR11
R38 R35 C141 /RES BAT54S
D83 FPGA_INT FPGA_INT 98 PF3/ IRQ3' A12 52 ADDR12
22.1K 22.1K NOISE_GND (4) INT_CAN INT_CAN 97 PF4/ IRQ4' A13 56 ADDR13
CAPAOV 1.00k R136 CAPA_OV
(2) FPGA_BAD FPGA_BAD 96 PF5/ IRQ5' A14 57 ADDR14
J6 13 2 (4) INT_100 95 PF6/ IRQ6' A15 58 ADDR15
(4) PF7/ IRQ7' A16 60 ADDR16
+5V 63 ADDR17 +5V
+5V 12 J6 13 T2CLK A17 64 ADDR18

10.0k R189
R135 2 IRLR120N R185
FAULT TPU0 34
CAPAUV CAPA_UV TPUCH0 PC3/CS6' /A18 6 ADDR19
J6 D18 10.0K
3 2 SIGNAL TPU1 33 TPUCH1 PC4/CS7' /A19 7 DSP_RESET
1.00K BAV99 Q10 16V TPU2 32 TPUCH2 PC5/CS8' /A20 (4) X27 C113
R85 D79 C67 C73 C68 RED TPU3 31 8 VPP_CTRL
TPUCH3 PC6/CS9' /A21 ADDR1
D7 D5 1.5W 44 11
C5 5.1V C3 5.1V C70 C71 3 1 1SMB5930 LED7 TPU4 30 A22 9 IACK
(3) ADDR2 43
A0 VCC1 33
D TPUCH4 10 CAN_CS A1 VCC2
1/2W 1/2W 475 1 3 10A,100V 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF TPU5 29 TPUCH5 CS10' /A23 (2) ADDR3 42
A2
0.1uF
820pF
MMSZ5231
820pF
MMSZ5231
+5V TPU6 28 TPUCH6 PC0/CS3' /FC0 3 ADDR4 27
A3128KX16
820pF 820pF 0.1uF 1
/RES
D82 R183 27 TPUCH7 PC1/CS4' /FC1 4FPGA_CS
(3) ADDR5 26
A4 SRAM
750 24 5 FUNCEN ADDR6 25 D
J6
BAT54S
11 3 D D D 23 TPUCH8 PC2/CS5' /FC2 (4) ADDR7 24
A5
C142 +5V 22 TPUCH9 139 DATA0 ADDR8 21
A6 D0
7 DATA0
+15V NOISE_GND D +5V 21 TPUCH10 D0 138 DATA1 ADDR9 20
A7 D1
8 DATA1
2 TPUCH11 D1 A8 9 DATA2
CAP0 +5V 17 TPUCH12 D2 137 DATA2 ADDR10 19
A9 D2 DATA3
0V = NORMAR 1
X30 2 (4) 10.0K 16 TPUCH13 D3 136 DATA3 ADDR11 18
A10 D3
10
13 DATA4
5V = FAULT R39 R37 74AC14 3 J1 15
14 TPUCH14 D4 133
132
DATA4
DATA5
ADDR12
ADDR13
5
A11 D4
D5
14 DATA5
22.1K 22.1K NOISE_GND
X17 26
R174 TPUCH15 D5 131 DATA6 ADDR14
4
A12 D6
15 DATA6
15
35
R168 R203 CAPB_OV
8 J1 MISO 65 D6 130 DATA7 ADDR15
3
2
A13 D7
16 DATA7
(4)
VCC1
VCC2
VCCIO
CAPBOV CLK_8 43 PQS0/MISO D7 A14 29 DATA8
J6 5
1.00k
(2)
(1) CLK 44
GCK1
GCK2
9 J1 (3,4) MOSI
SCK
66
67 PQS1/MOSI D8 127
125
DATA8
DATA9
ADDR16
ADDR17
1
22
A15 D8
D9
30 DATA9
22.1K SCK7 1 11 (3,4) SPI_CS0 PQS2/SCK D9 A16 D10 31 DATA10
R169 (4) CMP4 36
GCK3 TCK 10 11 J1 (4) 68 PQS3/PCS0/ SS' D10 124 DATA10 32 DATA11
CAPBUV CAPB_UV (4) 34
GTS1 TMS 9 (4) SPI_CS1 69 PQS4/PCS1 D11 122 DATA11 ADDR[1:19] D11 35 DATA12
J6 4
1.00K /RES 33
GTS2
GSR
CPLD TDI
TDO
24 10 J1 (4) SPI_CS2
SPI_CS3
70
71 PQS5/PCS2 D12 119
118
DATA12
DATA13 /CS2
D12 36 DATA13
CE' D13
6
D8 D THERMOSTAT MISO7 (4) RS232_TXD 75 PQS6/PCS3 D13 117 DATA14 R/W
37 DATA14
WE' D14
D6
C6 C4 C69 40
IO1A IO1B
39
(4) (2) RS232_RXD PQS7/TXD D14
17
DATA15
XC9536-15-VQ44I

38
5.1V 5.1V C72 4700pF SSOUT 41
IO2A IO2B
38
(2) 76 RXD D15 116 DATA15 /CS2 41
OE' D15
1/2W 1/2W OVR_CUR 42 37 RESET_RAMP /CS0 39 12
MMSZ5231 MMSZ5231 (3) FET_B IO4A IO4B 32 STROBE_AD (3) MC68332PV /CS1 40
LB' GND1 34
820pF 820pF 820pF +15V CAPA_OV
2
3
IO6A IO7B 31 CAPB_UV (3) UB' GND2
IO8A IO8B /CS0 IS61C12816
CAPA_UV 5
IO9A IO9B
30 CAPB_OV D /CS1 (4) D
J6 (4)

R/W
10 FET_A 6
IO10A IO10B
29 CLR_CAP
CMP0 (3) BANK1
FILTER CAPACITOR VOLTAGE MONITORING NOISE_GND D R32 MN_CNT
7
8
IO11A IO11B
28
27 CMP2 (4)
R2 2.21K
R34 D FAULT_INT 12
IO12A IO12B 23 CRYSTAL (4)
IO13A IO13B
J6 1
J5 2 (3) PRI_OC
PWRDN_INT
13
14
IO14A IO14B
22
21
OUTPUT_ON
SOFTST
DATA[0:15]
GND1
GND2
GND3

47.5 1.00K MN_OUT 16


IO15A IO15B 20
R33 R99 IO16A IO16B DISABLE_455
3

J5 C2 D2 C74 SPI_LATCH7 18 19
1

1 5.1V (4) IO17A IO17B (4)


17
25
4

D19 10.0K 10.0K


J5
1/2W
D17 4 10.0K
BAV99 5.1V C46 1uF MMSZ5231 820pF R242
1/2W R100 R3 35V
D
MMSZ5231
1uF 475K J5 3
47.5 D
35V NOISE_GND D
NOISE_GND
SINGLE/THREE PHASE DETECT D INT_1_3PH THERMOSTAT
THIS SHEET CONTAINS PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OWNED BY THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY AND IS NOT TO BE REPRODUCED, DISCLOSED OR USED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY, CLEVELAND, OHIO U.S.A.
(4) UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED TOLERANCE "X" INFO. Chg. Sheet No. DESIGN INFORMATION REFERENCE:
MANUFACTURING TOLERANCE PER E2056
ON 2 PLACE DECIMALS IS ± .02
EQUIPMENT TYPE: INVERTER WELDERS

SOLID EDGE
XM5626 6-2-2000A
ON 3 PLACE DECIMALS IS ± .002 DRAWN BY: F.V.
ON ALL ANGLES IS ± .5 OF A DEGREE XA SUBJECT: DIGITAL CONTROL SCHEMATIC
EN-170

MATERIAL TOLERANCE (" t ") TO AGREE ENGINEER: T. KOOKEN SUPERSEDING:


WITH PUBLISHED STANDARDS.
DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING APPROVED: SCALE: NONE DATE: 12-15-99 DRAWING No.: G 3789-1D0/1
NOTE: This diagram is for reference only. It may not be accurate for all machines covered by this manual.

V350-PRO
G-5 ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS G-5
SCHEMATIC - CONTROL PC BOARD #2

+5V

R163
+15V 1.00K
+5V
RS232_RXD
J4 12
+5V
3
X10 4
74AC14
(1)
74AC14
R1 14 14 2 1 RS232_TXD
J4 9 2.21K D14 +5VRS232
X10 (1)
C1 18V PW1 PW2
LED1 1.5W
X10 C42 X30 C137 C88 +5V
J4 4 4.7uF GREEN
1SMB5931 0.1uF 0.1uF
35V
74AC14 74AC14 R165 0.1uF +5VRS232
475 +5V
7 7 R166 C91
475 R167
1.00K
2 8 7 6
J4 10
2
R204 0.1uF
R133 X16 10.0K
D 9 12 1 Q14
NOISE_GND J2 3 R MMBT4403 2 8 7 6 X16 R132
R31 1W
200 2 15
D 6 TRAN 4 J2
2.21K MC145407 3 3 5 1 1W
200
C9
D16
18V D63 S1G D59 OCI1
HCPL-0601
Q13
MMBT4403 MC145407 D53
LED2 1.5W 18V 3 C64 18V
4.7uF GREEN
1SMB5931 C89 1/2W D
3 OCI2 5
1/2W
35V MC79L05ABD TP7 MMSZ5248BT1 MMSZ5248BT1
2 1
1
GRS232 HCPL-0601 150pF
I O 150pF D
J4 11
4.7uF
D58 D D52
X4 5
35V
18V GRS232 18V
-15V D46 -5V 1/2W
X16 1/2W
+5V A 1.5W MMSZ5248BT1 13 8 MMSZ5248BT1
C16 6.2V D
J4 8 1SMB5920 GRS232 MC145407
R89 C65
1.00K A X16 GRS232
D13 C45 +10VRS232 11
D 10
C10 6.2V 10uF
LED5 1.5W 16V MC145407 +5VRS232
GREEN 1SMB5920 1000uF 20 18
4.7uF 35V
C1+ C1- 17 C66 X16 2 J2
35V C62 2 GND VDD 7
R 14
X16 10uF+5VRS232
NOISE_GND +5SPI
GRS232 10uF 4 VSS VCC 19
16V
MC145407
R131
6 J4
16V C2+ C2- X16 1.00K
1 3 MC145407 5 16
J4 3 R C61 C92
D1
6.2V
R82 -10VRS232 C63 MC145407 1.5W LED6
1.00K GRS232
D12 4.7uF 0.1uF 1SMB5920
GREEN
C39 6.2V 10uF 35V 5 J4
LED3 1.5W 16V
4.7uF GREEN 1SMB5920
35V 1 J2
FULL DUPLEX RS232 COMMUNICATION LINK
+15SPI GRS232
GSPI

J4 2
R134 +15v
2.21K
D43
C40 16V +5V +5CAN
LED4 +5CAN
1.5W
R13
4.7uF GREEN 1SMB5930 2.21K 4 J11
35V C117 C102 C101
D60
R177
J7 R193 R195
J4 4 1.00K
6.2V
1 1.00K 475 1.5W
GSPI 0.1uF 0.1uF 1SMB5920
LED10 4.7uF
+5V RED 35V LED8
+5V 6 7 8 2
D 2 GREEN
CONTROL BOARD 1
VOLTAGE SUPPLIES S1G 3 D27 C115
Q17
MMBT4403 3 J11
D71 18V 3 GCAN
STATUS+ 1 Q3
2N7002
1.5W
1SMB5931 0.1uF 5 OCI4 3 +5CAN
HCPL-0601
S1G 2 D GCAN
D73 R190 R192 D +5CAN R198
150
4.75K 4.75K
1
X28 25 +5CAN
VCC TX1
5
6 ALE/AS RX1 21
22 RXA
C121 2 J11
NOISE_GND 44 RD*/E RX0 26 +5V R197 BUSS_L
MODE0 TX0 0.1uF 221
+15v INT_CAN
30
24 MODE1 CAN P2.5 12
13
TXA C103
(1) 9 INT* P2.4 14 X29
R52 STATUS LED
(1) SYS_RESET 29 DSACK0*
RESET*
P2.3
P2.2 15 R191 R194 0.1uF 1 RO VCC 8 GCAN 1 J11
CIRCUITRY CAN_CS 8 16 475 R178 R196
J8 3 R12 (1) 10 CS*
WRH*/P2.7
P2.1
P2.0 17
10.0K 1.00K 3 OE A 6 150
BUSS_H
100 2.21K ADDR[1:18] 11 27 CLK_8 GCAN 4
J8 4 -15V ADDR1 4 INT*/P2.6 CLKOUT 28 (1,4) DI B 7
AD0 RDY/MISO 2 RE* GND 5
3 J7 ADDR2
ADDR3
3
2 AD1 R/W* 7
38
R/W
DATA8 2
2 8 7 6
GCAN
ADDR4 43 AD2 P1.0/AD8 37 DATA9 1 MAX485
+5V
LED9
GREEN ADDR5 42 AD3 P1.1/AD9
AD4/MOSI P1.2/AD10 36 DATA10 Q16
MMBT4403
TRANSCEIVER D62
6.2V
D61
6.2V
+15V ADDR6 41 AD5 P1.3/AD11 35 DATA11 3 GCAN 1.5W 1.5W
R30 ADDR7 40 AD6/SCLK P1.4/AD12 34 DATA12 1SMB5920 1SMB5920
ADDR8 39 33 DATA13 3 OCI3 5
J8 2
S1G 3 D26 18 AD7
XTAL1
P1.5/AD13
P1.6/AD14 32 DATA14 HCPL-0601
J8 8 1SMB5929 100 D72 18V C116 19 XTAL2 P1.7/AD15 31 DATA15 GCAN
D11 20 23 D GCAN
C134
1.5W 15V STATUS- 1 Q2
2N7002
1.5W VSS2 VSS1 DATA[0:15]
15V C133 1SMB5931
AN82527
ISOLATION BARRRIER CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUITRY
1.5W
0.1uF D10 0.1uF 1SMB5929 2 22pF
Y1 D D
S1G 16.00Mhz
D74
C118
J8 6

J8 7
NOISE_GND NOISE_GND D 22pF CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUITRY
D A GSPI

GROUND
TIE POINT
THIS SHEET CONTAINS PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OWNED BY THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY AND IS NOT TO BE REPRODUCED, DISCLOSED OR USED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY, CLEVELAND, OHIO U.S.A.
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED TOLERANCE "X" INFO. Chg. Sheet No. DESIGN INFORMATION REFERENCE:
MANUFACTURING TOLERANCE PER E2056
ON 2 PLACE DECIMALS IS ± .02
EQUIPMENT TYPE: INVERTER WELDERS

SOLID EDGE
XM5626 6-2-2000A
ON 3 PLACE DECIMALS IS ± .002 DRAWN BY: F.V.
ON ALL ANGLES IS ± .5 OF A DEGREE XA SUBJECT: DIGITAL CONTROL SCHEMATIC
EN-170

MATERIAL TOLERANCE (" t ") TO AGREE ENGINEER: T. KOOKEN SUPERSEDING:


WITH PUBLISHED STANDARDS.
DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING APPROVED: SCALE: NONE DATE: 12-15-99 DRAWING No.: G 3789-1D0/2
NOTE: This diagram is for reference only. It may not be accurate for all machines covered by this manual.

V350-PRO
G-6 ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS G-6
SCHEMATIC - CONTROL PC BOARD #3

D99 +2.5V +15V +5VA E1 +5V

J10A 2
R110 TP1 R144
1
MURS320T3 C54 C80 C49 C50
MURS320T3 47.5K 1.00K 4
R111 -9 +5V
D100 8
X20 10 R143 22uF 0.1uF 22uF 0.1uF
100K +15V + 20V 20V
C82 MC33074AD
+5VA 0.1uF
11 1.00K C85
1N5358B Q12 R103

AD8403ARU10
MMBT4401 3 A 4 A D AD_DATA[0:13]
DZ4 R146 13 - A 0.1uF (4) 10.0K
RESET_RAMP 1 0.022uF 2 R142 14 R216 +5VA +5VA
1N5333B (1) C86 12 +X20 -15V 24
X19
15 AD_DATA0 10.0K
4 MC33074AD VDD DB0
J10A 1 4.75K
2 100K 11 A 19 VREF DB1 14 AD_DATA1 X6
STROBE_AD 8 13 AD_DATA2 SCK 14 16
3 C140
C83 0.1uF
1.00K (1) CONVST' DB2 (1) SYS_RESET 15 CLK VDD 21 C52
DZ1 X32
0.1uF R231 (4) AD_CS 21 CS' DB3 12 AD_DATA3 (1) POT_CS 11 RS' AGND1 1
22 RD' DB4 11 AD_DATA4 (3) CS' AGND2
A A TP4 +2.5V 20 10 AD_DATA5 10 SHDN'
AGND3 17 0.1uF
-15V A A0 DB5 MOSI 12 5

MURS320T3
V_AD 25 9 AD_DATA6
1

MURS320T3
26 VA1 DB6 6 AD_DATA7
(1) 13 SDI AGND4 9 +5VA
1N5333B
VB1 DB7 SDO DGND

D55
47.5K R230

D56
A I_AD 18 5 AD_DATA8
J10B 1 R213 17 VA2 DB8 4 AD_DATA9 AD8403ARU10
A D
1.00K
AD8403ARU10 VB2 DB9

C127
S1G D75 27 AGND1 DB10 3 AD_DATA10 A/D CONVERSION X32
DZ2

R157

R154

R151

R148

R161

R158

R155

R152

R149
1N5358B 24 16 AGND2 DB11 2 AD_DATA11 14 CLK VDD 16

R160
DZ3 SAWTOOTH GENERATOR 7 1 AD_DATA12 15 21
D69
23 DGND DB12 28 AD_DATA13 11 RS' AGND1 1 C129

10
5.1V 22 BUSY DB13 CS' AGND2 0.1uF
10 17

0.1uF
1/2W SHDN'
AGND3

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

10
A D AD7863ARS-2 12 5

MURS320T3
23
MURS320T3
MURS320T3 X32 MMSZ5231
13 SDI AGND4 9
D98 D57 SDO DGND

D51
R108 +15V AD8403ARU10
MURS320T3 +5VA R106 I_AD 12 J7 A +5V
2 D
J10B PRIMARY CURRENT SENSE X12 +2.5V 100K 100K
D101 AD_DATA0 15 18 V_AD
AD_DATA1 14 D0
D1
VDD C51 11 J7
+2.5V AD_DATA2 13 D2 +15V R45 +15V
R57 R55 R217
AD_DATA3 12 D3 RFB 20 0.1uF 4
1 47.5K 100K 10.0K
D33 AD_DATA4 11 D4 1 +2.5V 2 - R102 TP2 I_FLOW_STT
AD_DATA5 10 IOUT1 R214 1 221 C19 -15V
BAV99 R65 33.2K AD_DATA6 9 D5
D6 VREF 19 VDREF 3 +X20 R53 11 MMBT4401 3 (4)
C26 (1) /RES AD_DATA7 8 D7 3 11 221 +5VA 47.5K Q18
AD_DATA8 7 DGND 1.00K R241 820pF R58 5+ 10.0K 1
X20
2

1
D8 2 MC33074AD 10.0K R54 1.00K
3

3
+5VA AD_DATA9 6 AGND 7
J8

1
AD_DATA10 5 D9 16 -15V 5 6- 4 R218
150pF D10 CS' C128 2
AD_DATA11 4 17 1.00K
D11 WR' 22pF D28
BAT54S A A
INPUT FROM 2nd LEM +15V S1G

1
R70 R66 2 + 7 PRI_OC DA_CS AD7945BRS A D A C28 D70
V+ (1) (4) R56
121K X7 8 A
AD8403ARU10 6 C32 2.21K 3 - G
V- R49 0.1uF 1.00K
R207 L LT1016
R63
4
8 33.2K
6

10pF 100K D
5

100K A A
7
R67 +15V +5VA STT CURRENT FLOW
X6 4.75K TP3
C124 0.1uF
C1250.1uF
A 4
-5V 13 - R62 R59 R48 1 R44

1
PRIMARY CURRENT SHUTDOWN 0.3 - 0.9A X8 14 2 + 7 OVR_CUR I>56A = HI
12 + V+ (1) I<56A = LO
R109 R71 1.00K 1.00K R68 MC33074AD
100 221 221
C17 100 X5 8
AA=5VA 3 - G
V-
11 L LT1016

4
R107

3
A +15V

6
820pF

1
2.67K

5
-15V
R26 10.0K 6 - 4 MC33074AD CURRENT LIMIT D34
BAT54S A -5V C21 C23
7 A
R22-15V 47.5K 5 + X8 CURRENT NODE CONTROL, DISABLE THE 0.1uF 0.1uF
10.0K +15V 11 FETS AS SOON AS PRIMARY CURRENT AD8403ARU10
R23 R27 A IS GREATER THAN A REFERENCE LEVEL X6
7 -15V A
J8 1 511 47.5K 1 +15V+5VA X13

18
19

20
2 8 D 8
CURRENT TRANSDUCER C7 - R113 R112 1.00K
R25 6 SEL_I_ON 6
SIGNAL IN
4V = 500A OUTPUT 2.21K 3
X1 (4) IN2
S 1
0.022uF + OP-27 A 1.50K
R24 R28
C8 5 +15V 0.1uFC30
CURRENT TRANSDUCER 4 4 VL +15V
INPUT = (-VOLTAGE) V+
1.00K

R61

511 47.5K
0.1uF 7 V-
3 R691.00K
A R29 GND R72 4 MC33074AD A
MSEL0 47.5K ADG417D1 26.7K +5VA 9 - +5VA
(4) -15V -15V D R141 I_AD
X8

3
MSEL1
(4)

1
Iout = -Vin*0.99mA D67 10 + 8 475 R140
MSELEN S1G
(4) R127 6.81K 11
+STUP R73 +15V CURRENT FEEDBACK
5 6
+5VA
10.0K D47
BAT54S A
J9 1
1/2W_HV INTEGRATOR 1 IRF7103
Q11 4
X15 +15V

3
100K MSEL0 1 14 3

1
A0 V+
J9 2 MSEL1
MSELEN
16
2 A1 V- 3
15
MC33074AD
D66
BAV99 3 0.27uF C550.1uF AD8403ARU10
EN GND 4 C34 D68 -15V D54
BAT54S A +15V X6
4 S1A 13 - R122 S1G A
R75 D 14 2 R60
J9 67 5 S2A R209 4.75K R128 12 +X14

23
22
24
4 6 S3A DA 8 X6
1/2W_HV 7 S4A R208 3.32K 11 1.50K A SECONDARY CURRENT SENSE R233 V_AD
100K CLR_CAP 33.2K
A 1.00k
R79 13 S1B
100K R211
R123 2 A (1) 5
X30 6

J9 3 -STUP 12 S2B DB 9 R210 C126


1M
-15V C58 3.32K 4
74AC14 +15V
11 S3B
1/2W_HV 10 S4B 4.75K 330pF
100K 0.1uF 3 4 MC33074AD
ADG409
AD8403ARU10
X30 R206 2 - R138
J9 5
C60
-15V C59 A
R114 26.7K 9
74AC14
8
+5VA 3 + X8 1
A 1.00K 475
21 R77
0.1uF 0.1uF
R130 A 11 R139
J9 6
1/2W_HV IDEAL VOLTAGE R120 26.7K R124 R125 1
C56 S1G 10.0K
100K 2/6/202.6, 6.81K 7 8
D64 -15V
3500 VOLTS 70V=0.9V A A +15V
+15V 100K 150K R118 D49
3 0.27uF Q11
ON CONNECTOR 4
TP6 1 +15V BAV99 2
2 - 1 IRF7103 1<GAIN<11 A
9 - 4 1 1.50K 2 1
3 +X14
S1G
R121 10.0K 4 MC33074AD IDEAL V_AD
R129 X14 8 6 - R126 D65
2.5V = 70 ArcVOLTS
D35 D37 D41 D39 10 + 11 D50 R115 7
5.1V 5.1V 5.1V 5.1V MC33074AD -15V 3 5 +X14 A
3.32K MC33074AD BAV99 1.00K
C35

C36

C38

C37

1/2W 1/2W 1/2W 1/2W


11 C57 11
R74

R76

R80

R78

MMSZ5231 MMSZ5231 MMSZ5231 MMSZ5231 R212 0.1uF X31 2 1


TP5 100K A
1M
-15V D 8 R117 -15V
TURN_OFF_N6 IN2 150K
1.50K

1.50K

1.50K

1.50K

MMSZ5231 MMSZ5231 MMSZ5231 MMSZ5231


150pF

150pF

150pF

150pF

1/2W 1/2W 1/2W 1/2W


A (4) +15V+5VA S 1 R116 R119
5.1V 5.1V 5.1V 5.1V
5 VL 475 475
D36 D38 D42 D40 A
4 V+
7 V-
3 GND VOLTAGE FEEDBACK THIS SHEET CONTAINS PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OWNED BY THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY AND IS NOT TO BE REPRODUCED, DISCLOSED OR USED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY, CLEVELAND, OHIO U.S.A.
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED TOLERANCE "X" INFO. Chg. Sheet No.
A ADG417D1 A MANUFACTURING TOLERANCE PER E2056 DESIGN INFORMATION REFERENCE:
EQUIPMENT TYPE: INVERTER WELDERS
-15V D ON 2 PLACE DECIMALS IS ± .02

SOLID EDGE
XM5626 6-2-2000A
ON 3 PLACE DECIMALS IS ± .002 DRAWN BY: F.V.
ON ALL ANGLES IS ± .5 OF A DEGREE XA SUBJECT: DIGITAL CONTROL SCHEMATIC
EN-170

MATERIAL TOLERANCE (" t ") TO AGREE ENGINEER: T. KOOKEN SUPERSEDING:


WITH PUBLISHED STANDARDS.
DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING APPROVED: SCALE: NONE DATE: 12-15-99 DRAWING No.: G 3789-1D0/3
NOTE: This diagram is for reference only. It may not be accurate for all machines covered by this manual.

V350-PRO
G-7 ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS G-7
SCHEMATIC - CONTROL PC BOARD #4

+5V

0.1uF C138

0.1uF C139

0.1uF C114

0.1uF C84
C81

DSP_REN
1uF

DSP_A13
DSP_A14
DSP_A15
DSP_WE
DSP_A0
DSP_A1
DSP_A2
DSP_A3
DSP_A4
DSP_A5
DSP_A6
DSP_A7
35V

(3)

132
130
110
111
112
114
115
116
117
118
119
122
123
124
125
126
127
128

14
VSS_213

DVDD_8 92
VSS_984

CVDD_2 761
VSS_760
5
6

4
1

DVDD_6 3
VSS_12

VCCA 8
VSS_13
+5V

BR
STRB

A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
W/R

A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15

CVDD_1
WE
IS

R/W
D

C47 C97 C96 C98 C100 DSP_D0 9 72 OUTPUT_ON


(1)

(1,4)
DSP_D1 10 D0 ADCIN0/IO/PA0 73

(1)
D1 ADCIN1/IO/PA1

(1)
(1)
(1)

(1)

(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
DSP_D2 11 74 V_AD
1uF 1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF DSP_D3 12 D2 ADCIN2 75 (3)
35V 35V DSP_D4 15 D3 ADCIN3 76
DSP_D5 16 D4 ADCIN4 77
DSP_D6 17 D5 ADCIN5 78
D6 ADCIN6
D C79 C78 C77 C76 C75 DSP_D7 18 D7 ADCIN7
79
DSP_D8 19

FPGA_CS

DSP_CLK
91
D8 ADCIN8/IO/PA3

SPI_CS0
SPI_CS1
ADDR10
ADDR11
ADDR12
DATA15
DATA14
DATA13
DATA12
DATA11
DATA10
DSP_D9 22 90

ADDR1
ADDR2
ADDR3
ADDR4
ADDR5
ADDR6
ADDR7
ADDR8
ADDR9
DATA9
DATA8
DATA7
DATA6
DATA5
DATA4
DATA3

DATA2
DATA1
DATA0
0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF DSP_D10 23 D9 ADCIN9/IO/PA2 89 I_AD (3)

IACK
D10 ADCIN10

RMC
CMP0

R/W
CLK
+5V DSP_D11 24 88

/DS
/AS
DSP_D12 25 D11 ADCIN11 83
D12 ADCIN12
+5V
D DSP_D13 26
DSP_D14 27 D13
D14 X22 ADCIN13
ADCIN14
82
81

208
207
163
162
166
203
202
164
200
199
198
197
196
195
194
206
192
176
175
174
184
185
186
187
188
183
182
189
190
191
167
205
204
201
172
173
171
169
170
168
177
178
179
165
180
193
181
161
160
159
158
157
DSP_D15 28 D15 ADCIN15
80
R201 DSP_RESET35
TMS320F240 109
10.0K
(1) DSP_RESET41
RS TMRCLK/IOPB7 108

SGCK1

PGCK4
GND
VCC2

TDO
NC203
NC202

NC192

NC173

NC165
IO206
IO205
IO204

IO201
IO200
IO199
IO198
IO197
IO196
GND195
IO194
IO193
IO191
IO190
IO189
IO188
IO187
IO186
IO185
IO184
VCC183
GND182
IO181
IO180
IO179
IO178
IO177
IO176
IO175
IO174
IO172
IO171
GND170
IO169
IO168
IO167
IO166
IO164
IO163
IO162
IO161
IO159
R173 CLK_8 58 PORESET TMDIR/IOPB6 107 D
R221 10.0K (1,2) 57
XTAL1/CLKIN T3PWM/T3CMP/IOPB5 106
10.0K 1 156 63
XTAL2 T2PWM/T2CMP/IOPB4 105
DSP_CLK 2 GND1 VCC156 155 D DSP_CLK64 ADCSOC/IOPC0 T1PWM/T1CMP/IOPB3 102
SCK7 3 PGCK1 CCLK 154 MISO (1) 65
CLKOUT/IOPC1 PWM9/CMP9/IOBP2 101
(1) MISO7 4 IO3 SGCK4/DOUT 153 MOSI (1) DSP_BIO 66 XF/IOPC2 PWM8/CMP8/IOBP1 100 STT_ON
(1) SPI_LATCH7 5 IO4 DIN 152 SCK (1) CAP0 67
BIO/IOPC3 PWM7/CMP7/IOPB0 99 (2)
(1) AD_DATA1 6 IO5 IO152 151 SPI_CS2 (1) (1) CAP1 68
CAP1/QEP1/IOPC4 PWM6/CMP6 98 CMP4
AD_DATA0 7 TDI IO151 150 SPI_CS3 (1) (1) FET_A 69 CAP2/QEP2/IOPC5 PWM5/CMP5 97 (1)
DSP_A3 32 TCK IO150 149 OUTPUT_ON (1) (1) FET_B 70 CAP3/IOPC6 PWM4/CMP4 96 CMP2
+5V DSP_D0 17 IO8 IO149 120 DSP_MP (1) (1) DSP_DS 129 CAP4/IOPC7 PWM3/CMP3 95 (1)
DSP_D1 15 IO9 IO148 22 DSP_DS DSP_PS 131 DS PWM2/CMP2 94 CMP0
DSP_D2 14 IO10 IO147 21 DSP_PS DSP_READY 36
PS PWM1/CMP1 43 (1)
12 IO11 IO146 119 DSP_READY DSP_MP 37 READY SCIRXD/IO 44
R184 13 NC12 IO145 144 42
MP/MC SCITXD/IO 45
4.75K DSP_D3 11 GND13 NC144 143 VPP 50
RESERVED SPISIMO/IO 48
DSP_D4 10 IO14 GND143 141 /CS0 (1) 51
WDDIST SPISOMI/IO 49
IO15 IO142 (1) SPISTE/IO SOICLK/IO

EMU1/OFF
X18
16 142 /CS1
TMS IO141 (1)

OSCBYP
XINT2/IO
XINT3/IO

VREFLO
DSP_D5 9 140

VSS_10
VSS_11
VSS_12
PDPINT
R251

DVDD_7
DVDD_5
DVDD_4

DVDD_1
DVDD_2
DVDD_3
VREFHI
IO17 NC140

VSS_3
VSS_4
VSS_5
VSS_6
VSS_8
XINT1

EMU0
18 139

VSSA

TRST
NC18 IO139

TDO
TMS
TCK
10.0K

NMI
DSP_D6 8 138

TDI
DSP_D7 148 IO19 IO138 137
DSP_WE 20 IO20 IO137 136

121

103

104
113
120
21
47
62
52
53
54
55

85

93
56
87
86
20
29
46
59
71

30
31
33
34
38
39
32
40
IO21 IO136
DSP_REN 19 IO22 IO135 135 BD ID=03
DSP_A2 34 IO23 IO134 134 D D
DSP_A1 35 IO24 IO133 133
25 GND25 IO132 132 +5V
26 VCC26 GND131 131 D
+5V

FPGA
DSP_A0 36 IO27 VCC130 130 +5V

10.0K R243

10.0K R244

10.0K R245

10.0K R246

10.0K R247

10.0K R248

10.0K R249

10.0K R250
DSP_D8 147 IO28 IO129 129 AD_DATA13
DSP_D9 146 IO29 IO128 128 AD_DATA12
DSP_D15 123 IO30 IO127 113 TPU4

R91

R92

R93

R94

R95

R96

R97

R98
DSP_D14 122 IO31 IO126 109 TPU1
DSP_D10 145 127 CAP1
33 IO32 IO125 31 DSP_A4 (1)
NC33 IO124

10.0K

10.0K

10.0K

10.0K

10.0K

10.0K

10.0K

10.0K
DSP_D13 124 IO34 IO123 30 DSP_A5
DSP_D12 125 IO35 IO122 29 DSP_A6
DSP_D11 126 121 PSW0
AD_DATA11 48 IO36 NC121 28 DSP_A7 PSW1 D
38 IO37 IO120 117 DSP_BIO PSW2 +5V
39 GND38 IO119 118 PSW3
AD_DATA10 47 NC39 GND118 27 DSP_A13 PSW4
AD_DATA9 46 IO40 IO117 24 DSP_A14 PSW5
AD_DATA8 45 IO41 IO116 23 DSP_A15 PSW6
IO42 IO115
AD_DATA7
AD_DATA6
44
43 IO43
XILINX IO114 116
115
FUNCEN
TPU6 (1)
PSW7

BAV99LT1D102

BAV99LT1D103

BAV99LT1D104

BAV99LT1D105

BAV99LT1D106

BAV99LT1D107
IO44 IO113

16

15

14

13

12

11

10
AD_DATA5 42 114 TPU5

9
AD_DATA4 41 IO45 IO112 111 2 2 2 2 2 2
IO46 NC111
AD_DATA3 40
XCS20-3PQ208I 112 TPU3

S1
AD_DATA2 37 IO47 IO110 110 TPU2 3 3 3 3 3 3 +5SPI +15SPI
49 IO48 IO109 108 CLK_8
50 SGCK2 PGCK3 107 TPU0 (2)
+5V NC1 IO107
R104

8
51 106 FPGA_RESET
52 GND51 PROGRAM' 105 (1) 1 1 1 1 1 1

GND103
MODE VCC
PGCK2

SGCK3
GND66

GND79

GND91

J3
VCC53

VCC78

DONE
10.0K

IO100
IO101
NC65

NC71

NC66

NC92
HDC
IO57
IO58
IO59
IO61
IO62
IO63
IO64

IO67
IO68
IO69
IO70
IO72
IO73
IO74
IO75
IO76

IO80
IO81
IO82
IO83
IO84
IO85
IO87
IO88
IO89
IO90

IO93
IO94
IO95
IO96
IO97
IO98
IO99
INIT'
NC2

LDC

D
R137
4.75k X33 R223
100 DR262 332
2 J3
2 18
A1 B1 3 J3
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
64
68
63
65
66
69
62
72
75
71
73
74
76
DISABLE_455 67
70
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
87
88
86
90
84
85
89
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
74HC245 R224
100 R263
332
3 17
A2 B2
R240
100 R264
332
4 J3
BMISO

+5V
MSELEN
4 16

FPGA_DONE
PSW7
PSW6
PSW5
PSW4
PSW3
PSW2
PSW1
PSW0
TURN_OFF_N

A3 B3 5 J3
THERMAL_LED

SPICS3
SPICS2
SPICS1
SCK3

FPGA_BAD

SPIMOSI
FAN_CONTROL

MISC1
MISC0
MISO3

FPGA_INT

STT_ON

INT_1_3PH
AD_CS
DA_CS

POT_CS

BSCK

SPI_SS
SEL_I_ON

EE_CS
MOSI_B

MSEL0
MSEL1
I_FLOW_STT

D
INT_100

+5V R226
100 R265
332
15

R253
5
A4 B4
R227
100 R266
332
6 J3
C48 10.0K
6
A5 B5
14
9 J3
7 13
R228
100 R267
332
+5V 0.1uF A6 B6 8 J3
8 12
X11 A7 B7
(3)

(1)
(3)
(3)
(3)

(3)
(1)
(1)

(1)
(1)
(1)
(3)
(3)
(1)

(3)
(3)
(1)

EE_CS 1 CS' VCC 8 D 9 11 +5V


MISO3 2 7 A8 B8
3 SO HOLD' 6 SCK3 10 1
4 WP' SCK 5 MOSI_B GND DIR
GND SI
19
+5V +5V ENABLE VCC 20
AT25128
10.0K R252

D C131 0.1uF
R229
R182 10.0K
4.75k +5V
D D
R222
74AC14 4.75k
R86 R83 D
(1)

(1)

12 13
X10
475 D45
5.1V
1/2W
C130 475 7 J3
MMSZ5231
22pF 10 J3
GSPI THIS SHEET CONTAINS PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OWNED BY THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY AND IS NOT TO BE REPRODUCED, DISCLOSED OR USED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY, CLEVELAND, OHIO U.S.A.
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED TOLERANCE "X" INFO. Chg. Sheet No. DESIGN INFORMATION REFERENCE:
MANUFACTURING TOLERANCE PER E2056
ON 2 PLACE DECIMALS IS ± .02
EQUIPMENT TYPE: INVERTER WELDERS

SOLID EDGE
XM5626 6-2-2000A
ON 3 PLACE DECIMALS IS ± .002 DRAWN BY: F.V.
ON ALL ANGLES IS ± .5 OF A DEGREE XA SUBJECT: DIGITAL CONTROL SCHEMATIC
EN-170

MATERIAL TOLERANCE (" t ") TO AGREE ENGINEER: T. KOOKEN SUPERSEDING:


WITH PUBLISHED STANDARDS.
DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING APPROVED: SCALE: NONE DATE: 12-15-99 DRAWING No.: G 3789-1D0/4
NOTE: This diagram is for reference only. It may not be accurate for all machines covered by this manual.

V350-PRO
G-8 ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS G-8
PC BOARD ASSEMBLY-CONTROL
ITEM PART NO. REQ'D DESCRIPTION REFERENCE-DESIGNATOR 51 S25001-3321SMT 4 SRES,3.32K,1206,1%,1/8W,NP(AM2 R123 R128 R129 R179
52 S25001-2212SMT 6 SRES,22.1K,1206,1%,1/8W,TR,NP R37 R38 R35 R203 R8 R39
1 L11088-D 1 DIGITAL CONTROL P.C. BD. BLANK
9 N.J. 9 N.J. 2 M19436-1 1 POTTING TRAY
53
54
S25001-47R5SMT
S25001-4753SMT
2
1
SRES,47.5,1206,1%,1/8W,TR,NP
SRES,475K,1206,1%,1/8W,TR,NP
R3 R2
R100
3 S8053-80 2 SELF TAPPING SCREW R55 R111 R49 R108 R115 R124 R142 R208
4 E2527 5.0 oz. EPOXY ENCAPSULATION RESIN 55 S25001-1003SMT 10 SRES,100K,1206,1%,1/8W,200PPM,
R207 R106
5 E3539 0.1 oz. ELECTRICAL INSULATING COMPOUND 56 S25001-1213SMT 1 SRES,121K,1206,MF,1%,1/4W R70
6 S24803-1 1 FLASH SOFTWARE 57 S25001-3322SMT 3 SRES,33.2K,1206,1%,1/8W,TR,NP R63 R65 R233
7 S24804-2 1 CPLD SOFTWARE 58 S25001-1000SMT 4 SRES,100,1206,1%,1/8W,TR,NP R62 R44 R52 R30
59 S25001-2210SMT 5 SRES,221,1206,1%,1/8W,NP R59 R48 R102 R197 R45
60 S25001-2671SMT 1 SRES,2.67K,1206,1%,1/8W,TR,NP R109
9 S24671 3 PLUG, KEYING PLUG 61 S25001-1502SMT 2 SRES,150K,1206,1%,1/8W,NP R117 R125
10 E3868-4 1 BAR CODE LABEL 62 S25001-6811SMT 2 SRES,6.81K,1206,1%,1/8W,NP R127 R130
N.B. FOR ITEMS LISTED BELOW REFER TO ELECTRICAL DATABASE FOR COMPONENT
SPECIFICATIONS
63 S25001-1500SMT 2 SRES,150,1206,1%,1/8W,TR,NP R196 R198
R151 R154 R157 R160 R148 R161 R158 R155
64 S25006-10R0 10 SRES,10,
C138 C134 C133 C125 C55 C96 C98 C100 C28 R152 R149
C82 C14 C11 C83 C103 C121 C101 C117 C115 65 S25050-2SMT 5 STRA,2N4403,SO23,TR,(500475),N Q17 Q16 Q15 Q13 Q14
3 C111 C113 C85 C90 C48 C93 C109 C120 C127 66 S25051-6SMT 2 STRA,IRLR120N,10A,100V,MOSFET, Q9 Q10
67 S25050-1SMT 9 STRA,MMBT4401LT,NPN,SOT-23 Q12 Q4 Q7 Q5 Q6 Q1 Q18 Q19 Q20
11 S25020-3SMT 68 SCAP,0.1uF,0805,50V,X7R,10%,TR C106 C95 C105 C73 C68 C8 C114 C108 C99
68 S25051-4SMT 2 STRA,2N7002,TR,NP Q3 Q2
C77 C76 C75 C84 C79 C67 C88 C80 C50 C78
10 C23 C21 C91 C51 C92 C58 C57 C52 C60 C59
69 S25051-7SMT 1 SICS,IRF7103,NP Q11
2 C131 C123 C1
70
71
S24020-4
S24020-6
3
1
CON,4P,TIN,MINI,NP
CON,6P,TIN,MINI,NP
J5 J11 J2
J9
12 S14390-173 2 CAP,1uF,RA,63V,10%,NP C136 C135 72 S24020-2 2 CON,2P,TIN,MINI,NP J10A J10B
13 S25020-2SMT 2 SCAP,0.022uF,0805,50V,X7R,10%, C86 C7 73 S18248-10 1 CON,10P,MINI,NP J3
14 S25020-10SMT 2 SCAP,4700pF,0805,50V,X7R,10% C44 C69 74 S18248-16 1 CON,16P,MINI,NP J1
15 S25020-5SMT 4 SCAP,22pF,0805,50V,COG,5%,TR,N C118 C116 C128 C130 75 S24020-16 2 CON,16P,TIN,MINI,NP J6 J7
1 16 S25020-18SMT 1 SCAP,10pF,CER,0805,100V,5% C32
N.D. 17 S25020-13SMT 7 SCAP,150pF,0805,100V,COG,5%,TR, C64 C89 C26 C35 C36 C38 C37
76
77
S24020-12
S24020-8
1
1
CON,12P,TIN,MINI,NP
CON,8P,TIN,MINI,NP (or TH600-265)
J4
J8
18 S25020-4SMT 11 SCAP,820pF,0805,50V,COG,5%,TR, C43 C4 C74 C3 C71 C19 C70 C5 C72 C6 C17 78 S20353-4SMT 1 SICS,MAX485ESA,NP X29
N.A. 19
20
S24833-1
S25020-14SMT
2
2
CAP,0.27uF,MF,50V,5mm,5%,TR,NP
SCAP,330pF,100V
C56 C34
C126 C143
79
80
S25065-2SMT
S25070-7SMT
1
1
SICS,74ACT573,OCTAL,TRANS.,LAT
SICS,TMS320F240PQA,NP
X21
X22
21 S25025-5SMT 9 SCAP,4.7uF,7343,35V,10%,TR,NP C12 C102 C1 C9 C10 C39 C40 C16 C61 81 S15000-28SMT 4 SICS,HCPL-0601,OPTOCOUPLER OCI1 OCI2 OCI3 OCI4
22 S25024-2SMT 8 SCAP,1uF,TAN,3528,35V,TR,NP C94 C97 C104 C107 C47 C81 C2 C46 82 S20353-5 1 SICS,AN82527 X28
23 S25024-8SMT 4 SCAP,10uF,TAN,6032,TR,NP C66 C62 C65 C63 83 S25082-1SMT 1 SXTL,16MHZ,HC40,20PF,NP Y1
24 S25024-10SMT 4 SCAP,22uF,TAN,7343,25V,10% C119 C110 C49 C54 84 S20353-1SMT 1 SICS,MC145407,RECEIVER/DRVR,RS X16
25 S13490-179 1 CAP,1000uF,ALU,35V,20%,NP C45 85 S25067-3SMT 2 SICS,ADG417,SPST,CMOS,SWT,SO8 X13 X31
26 S13490-182 1 SCAP,120MF,25V,20%,RADIAL,AE C13 86 S17900-1SMT 1 74HC245, NEW PACKAGE X33
D68 D67 D4 D3 D75 D63 D64 D65 D70 D72 87 S15128-13SMT 1 SICS,OP-27G,OPAMP,SO8,TR,NP X1
27 S25040-2SMT 13 SDIO,1A,400V,DO-214BA,GLS 88 S15128-18SMT 3 SICS,MC33074,QUAD,OPAMP,SO14,T X8 X14 X20
N.J. 9 (6.34) D71 D73 D74
D25 D45 D44 D17 D9 D6 D2 D5 D7 D8 D35
N.F. 89 S25069-3SMT 1 SICS,28F800B5-90,FLASH RO,90n X25
28 S25046-1SMT 19 SDIO,MMSZ5231BT1,5.1V,NP 90 S25069-4SMT 1 SICS,128Kx16,20nS,TSOP X27
D36 D38 D37 D42 D41 D40 D39 D69 91 M15101-14SMT 1 SICS,MC68332 X24
29 S25044-9SMT 7 SDIO,1SMB5920BT3,6.2V,NP D62 D61 D60 D13 D12 D1 D46 92 S25068-8SM 1 SICS,MC79L05ABD X4
30 S25046-3SMT 4 SDIO,MMSZ5248B,18V,ZENER,TR,NP D53 D52 D58 D59 93 S25065-3SMT 2 SICS,74VHC14,NP X10 X30
31 S25044-10SMT 3 SDIO,B5930,16V,1.5W,ZENER,TR,N D18 D15 D43 94 S25057-3SMT 2 SICS,AD8403ARU10 X6 X32
32 S25044-5SMT 9 SDIO,1SMB5931BT3,3W,18V,5% D27 D32 D26 D30 D31 D29 D24 D14 D16 95 M15105-9SMT 1 SICS,7945 (old package) X12
33 S25044-4SMT 2 SDIO,B5929,15V,1.5W,ZENER,TR,N D10 D11 96 S15018-21SMT 2 ICS,MIC4451BM X2 X3
97 S25067-2SMT 1 SICS,ADG409BR X15
D66 D50 D33 D49 D19 D78 D79 D102 D103
34 S25040-5SMT 13 SDIO,BAV99LT1,SOT23,DUAL SWITC N.G. 98 S25070-3SMT 1 ICS,XC9536-15 VQ44 X17
D104 D105 D106 D107 99 S25069-2SMT 1 SICS,25128,SERIAL EEPR,NP X11
35 S25049-4SMT 8 SDIO,BAT54S,DUAL,30V,200mA D34 D54 D28 D47 D80 D81 D82 D83 100 S15128-21SMT 2 SICS,LT1016,COMPARATOR X5 X7
N.C. 101 S19869-8 1 SWT,78B08S,DIP,SPST,8P,NP S1
LED8 LED1 LED5 LED3 LED2 LED4 LED6 102 S25066-2SMT 1 SICS,AD7862,DUAL,12BIT,250kSPS X19
36 S25080-2SMT 8 SLED,GRN,1206,TR,NP
LED9 103 S25068-7SMT 1 SICS,4.6V,2%,VOLT. DETECTOR,SO X23
104 S25070-4SMT 1 SICS,XCS20,FPGA X18
37 S25080-1SMT 2 SLED,RED,1206,TR,NP LED7 LED10 105 S20620-1003 4 RES,100K,AX,5%,1/2W,HI VOLT,TR R73 R79 R75 R77
38 S25083-1SMT 1 SIND,FERRITEBEAD,TR,NP E1 106 S25040-12SMT 8 SDIO,MURS320T3,3A,200V,ULTRAFAS D51 D55 D56 D57 D98 D99 D100 D101
39 S25001-4752SMT 8 SRES,47.5K,1206,1%,1/8W,TR,NP R230 R27 R28 R26 R53 R29 R110 R57 107 S25020-SMT 5 SCAP,100pF,0805,COG,100V,5% C15, C18, C22, C25, C27
40 S25001-2211SMT 8 SRES,2.21K,1206,1%,1/8W,NP R25 R13 R12 R32 R1 R31 R134 R66 108 S25000-1000SMT 6 SRES,100,0805,1%,1/10W R223, R224, R240, R226, R227, R228
R171 R178 R177 R193 R231 R167 R61 R34 R89 109 T12702-60 2 DIO,1N5358B DZ3 DZ4
R82 R163 R135 R136 R169 R131 R112 R60 R56 110 T12702-59 2 DIO,1N5333B DZ1 DZ2
41 S25001-1001SMT 33 SRES,1K,1206,1%,1/8W,TR(9X0056 111
R126 R71 R54 R69 R68 R143 R144 R58 R206 S25049-2SMT 4 SDIO,MBRA130LT3,1A,30V,SCHOTKY D76 D77 D114 D115
R213 R214 R90 R168 R255 R256 112 S25001-3320SMT 6 SRES,332,1206,1%,1/4W R262 R263 R264 R265 R266 R267
R173 R191 R181 R164 R170 R172 R189 R186 113 S25040-6SMT 6 SDIO,BAV70 D84 D85 D86 D89 D90 D91
R180 R91 R92 R93 R94 R95 R96 R97 R98 R22
R174 R201 R185 R104 R87 R33 R99 R260 R261
42 S25001-1002SMT 57 SRES,10K,MF,1206,1%,1/8W R139 R140 R121 R200 R107 R199 R103 R221
R229 R204 R242 R241 R216 R217 R218 R243
R246 R244 R245 R247 R248 R249 R250 R251
R252 R253 R2
R195 R194 R41 R11 R83 R86 R166 R165 R21
43 S25001-4750SMT 28 SRES,475,1206,1%,1/8W,TR,NP R15 R20 R88 R81 R14 R9 R17 R19 R10 R18
R16 R141 R138 R119 R116 R85 R84 R40 R36
R190 R192 R182 R184 R137 R146 R209 R210
44 S25001-4751SMT 15 SRES,4.75K,1206,1%,1/8W,SM100-
R222 R42 R43 R46 R47 R51 R67
45 S25003-2000SMT 2 SRES,200,2512,5%,1W,TR,NP R132 R133
COMPONENT SIDE 46 S25001-1501SMT 7 SRES,1.5K,1206,1%,1/8W,NP R113 R118 R122 R74 R76 R80 R78
47 S25001-7500SMT 1 SRES,750,1206,1%,1/8W,NP R183
48 S25001-5110SMT 2 SRES,511,MF,1206,1%,1/8W,TR R24 R23

(8.09)
49
50
S25001-1004SMT
S25001-2672SMT
2
4
SRES,1M,1206,1%,1/8W,TR(9X0098
SRES,26.7K,THK,1206,1%,1/8W,10
R212 R211
R187 R114 R120 R72
V
BUY AS
NOTES:
N.E.
N.A. CAUTION: THIS DEVICE IS SUBJECT TO DAMAGE BY
L11088-1D0 STATIC ELECTRICITY. LINCOLN ELECTRIC TO SEE E2454
BEFORE HANDLING.
N.B. SECURE P.C. BOARD ASSEMBLY IN PLACE WITH (ITEM 3)
PART NO. IDENTIFICATION CODE (2 PLACES).
N.C. TOP OF THESE COMPONENTS MUST BE FREE OF POTTING
MATERIAL.
N.D. IDENTIFY COMPLETE ASSEMBLY WITH A PRINTED LABEL PER E3867.
N.E. THERE ARE COMPONENTS ON BOTTOM SIDE OF P.C. BOARD.
N.F. PROGRAM ITEM 89 WITH ITEM 6.
N.G. PROGRAM ITEM 98 WITH ITEM 7.

N.J. PLACE CONNECTOR KEYING PLUG (ITEM 9) OVER HEADER PIN,


IN LOCATION SHOWN. PLUG SHOULD BE INSERTED BELOW
CONNECTOR TOP SURFACE.
N.K. ALL CONNECTORS MUST BE GREASED WITH (ITEM 5) PRIOR
TO ENCAPSULATION.
N.L. ENCAPSULATION PER E1911-E TO A MINIMUM DEPTH, SUCH
THAT ALL COMPONENT LEADS ARE COVERED.

CAPACITORS = MFD/VOLTS
INDUCTANCE = HENRIES
RESISTANCE = OHMS

BUY PER E3867


TEST PER E3856-C
THIS SHEET CONTAINS PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OWNED BY THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY AND IS NOT TO BE REPRODUCED, DISCLOSED OR USED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY, CLEVELAND, OHIO U.S.A.
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED TOLERANCE Chg. Sheet No. "X" INFO. DESIGN INFORMATION REFERENCE:
MANUFACTURING TOLERANCE PER E2056
ON 2 PLACE DECIMALS IS ± .02
EQUIPMENT TYPE: INVERTER WELDERS

SOLID EDGE
6-2-2000A XM5626
ON 3 PLACE DECIMALS IS ± .002 DRAWN BY: F.V.

OTHER COMPONENT SIDE (BACKSIDE)


ON ALL ANGLES IS ± .5 OF A DEGREE XE-UF SUBJECT: CONTROL P.C. BOARD AS'BLY
EN-168

MATERIAL TOLERANCE (" t ") TO AGREE ENGINEER: T. O'DONNEL SUPERSEDING:


WITH PUBLISHED STANDARDS.
DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING APPROVED: SCALE: NONE DATE: 4-6-99 DRAWING No.: L 11088-1
NOTE: Lincoln Electric assumes no responsibility for liablilities resulting from board level troubleshooting. PC Board repairs will invalidate your factory warranty. Individual Printed Circuit Board Components are not available from Lincoln Electric. This information is pro-
vided for reference only. Lincoln Electric discourages board level troubleshooting and repair since it may compromise the quality of the design and may result in danger to the Machine Operator or Technician. Improper PC board repairs could result in damage to the
machine.
V350-PRO
G-9 ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS G-9
SCHEMATIC - POWER SUPPLY PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD

+5V

Machine Control Power Supply


R50 J42
D18
3
1 2 6A
D4 +t
200V
6A .13
200V 60V

R58

R57
LED2

47.5

47.5

47.5

47.5
R7

R6
10
T1 +5Volts, .750 Amp
T1 C43 C41 C39
C12 100 100 0.1
10-55 VDC

R15
R16
33.2 33.2
.0015 10V 10V 50V

R53
332
Operation 2000V 3 Vref 1

R27
10.0K 10.0K 10.0K R9 11 12

R4

R2
D22 10.0
1.0A
30V R60

44.2K
D
+15Volts

R51
10.0 Q1
G 21A
C13
R61
S
200V D24 .750 Amp
7 VCC OUT 6
1 10.0 1 5
J41 200V Vref 1 8 2 J42
D3 VREF VFB DZ8 D19
DC Input (+) 2 1A 4 RT/CT COMP 1
Vfb1
18V 3A IN
X8
OUT
1 OCI1
CNY17-3
600V R10 R5 3W
5 3 600V
GND CS 100K 100K 2 6 4
J41 X5 Vfb1
4 ADJ

+t 9
7

6.19K
D21

R3
R55 C11 C14 C47
1.0A

R46
T1 33 0.1 1.0 1.21K R52
T1 30V 1.82K
OV1 475 25V 50V 35V .33W

R8
221K

R14
Machine Control 4
6
Shut Down C6 C7 C45
150p
4.7 0.1 R39 R12
Capacitor 35V 50V 56.2K 5.62K
100V
C8
820p 3W C42

R11
50V 0.05 R13
C32 2700p
10p 10.0K
J41 100V 50V
3

J41 GND X1 8
DC Input (-) 1 5
TL431 REF

T1
C38 C44 C40 -15Volts, .100Amp 6

R48
4.7 0.1 1.0 1.21K

43.2K
5

R49
35V 50V 35V .33W
J42
8 ADJ

DZ1 IN OUT J42 J42


X9 2 6
24V 14

30.1

30.1
R35

R36
3W D8
1A
T2 gnd_mcps
600V
+5V
Operation
Undervoltage 1 D25

R26
1.00K
30-55 VDC C31
.0015
Detect D2 2000V
5 1 1A D23
<30VDC 600V 1.0A
30V
OCI2
CNY17-3 D10
D
J42 4 6 2 Q2
4 G 21A J43
7 VCC OUT 6 R32 200V
S X3 6
Vref 2 IN OUT
DZ2 8 VREF VFB 2 15.0 D9
C49 R34
10.0K

1A
R56

27V .022 4 RT/CT COMP 1 DZ7


.5W 221K R31 Vfb2 18V 600V
3 ADJ
5 GND CS 3
C53 75K R29 3W

15.0K
X4 .1

R1
C27 100K C25 C23
OV2 C24

R37
C26 1.0 1.21K
150p D20 C52 T2 4.7 0.1
1 35V .33W
DZ3
27V gnd_mcps 100V 200V 1.0A 150p
12
35V 50V 15Volts, .250Amps
.5W C3 C2 30V
4.7 0.1 R38 R28
35V 50V 56.2K 5.62K
SPI

Overvoltage C4 3W

R33

R30
C28 249
5.62K

820p 10p 0.05


R45

Shutdown 50V 100V R40 J43


3
> 55 VDC D16 +t
16A .13
200V 60V
OV2 OV1 LED1
2

D14 D17
+5Volts, 3 Amps
C37 C36 C35 C34
T2 100 100 100 0.1

R62

R63

R64
150 150 150
D13 13
10V 10V 10V 50V
.33W .33W .33W SPI
Vref 2
332

R41
DZ4 C33

R43
3.3V 15
4.7
3W 35V
D15 J43

44.2K
R42
X7 5
IN OUT
1A
4 600V GND 1 5

C1 C5 C30 +5Volts, .100 Amp R17 J43


8
OCI3
CNY17-3

R44
T2 4.7 0.1 1.0 150
35V 50V 35V .33W +t
11 CAN D7
1A .24
2 6 4
Vfb2
6 600V
J43 +20Volts 475K
10
T2 C17 C18 C21 .200 Amps R21
4.7 4.7 0.1
2.49K
Gate Drive

R19
9
35V 35V 50V
.33W
C46
150p
J43 100V
D12
2
1.82K
C16

R20
R22
R24 J43 2700p
7
10.0K
J43 50V
D1 +t
X6 D6
4
IN OUT
1A .24 1
7 600V
5
1A
600V
+20Volts X2 8
GND
TL431 REF
C20 C19 C22 .200 Amps
+5Volts, .100 Amp T2 6

R23
C10 C9 C29 4.7 4.7 0.1 2.49K
T2
Gate Drive

43.2K
4.7 0.1 1.0 35V 35V 50V .33W
R25

150 8

R18
35V 50V 35V J43
10 .33W RS232 11

J43
J43 J43
9
1 12

FILENAME: G3631-2D0
GENERAL INFORMATION LAST NO. USED

ELECTRICAL SYMBOLS PER E1537 R-

MFD ( .022/50V C-
CAPACITORS = UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED)
NOTES :
RESISTORS = Ohms ( 1/4W UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED) LABELS D-
N.A. SINCE COMPONENTS OR CIRCUITRY ON A PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD MAY CHANGE
WITHOUT AFFECTING THE INTERCHANGEABILITY OF A COMPLETE BOARD, THIS DIAGRAM MAY DIODES = 1A, 400V (UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED)
SUPPLY VOLTAGE NET
NOT SHOW THE EXACT COMPONENTS OR CIRCUITRY OF CONTROLS HAVING A COMMON CODE
NUMBER. POWER SUPPLY SOURCE POINT

COMMON CONNECTION

FRAME CONNECTION
EARTH GROUND CONNECTION

THIS SHEET CONTAINS PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OWNED BY THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY AND IS NOT TO BE REPRODUCED, DISCLOSED OR USED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY, CLEVELAND, OHIO U.S.A.
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED TOLERANCE "X" INFO. Chg. Sheet No. DESIGN INFORMATION REFERENCE:
MANUFACTURING TOLERANCE PER E2056
ON 2 PLACE DECIMALS IS ± .02
EQUIPMENT TYPE: Digital Systems

SOLID EDGE
XM5626 6-2-2000A
ON 3 PLACE DECIMALS IS ± .002 DRAWN BY: JP\TK
ON ALL ANGLES IS ± .5 OF A DEGREE XB SUBJECT: Digital Power Supply
EN-170

MATERIAL TOLERANCE (" t ") TO AGREE ENGINEER: SUPERSEDING:


WITH PUBLISHED STANDARDS.
DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING APPROVED: SCALE: NONE DATE: 11-30-98 DRAWING No.: G 3631
NOTE: This diagram is for reference only. It may not be accurate for all machines covered by this manual.

V350-PRO
G-10 ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS G-10
PC BOARD ASSEMBLY-POWER SUPPLY
ITEM PART NUMBER REQ'D. DESCRIPTION REFERENCE
DESIGNATOR
1 G3632-D 1 POWER PC BOARD BLANK
2 M19436-3 1 POTTING TRAY
3 S8025-80 2 SELF TAPPING SCREW
4 E2527 115g (4.1 oz) EPOXY ENCAPSULATIOG RESIN
1 N.G.
5 E2861 AS REQ'D ELECTRICAL INSULATING COMPOUND
2 3 FOR ITEMS LISTED BELOW REFER TO ELECTRONIC COMPONENT DATABASE FOR COMPONENT
SPECIFICATIONS
ITEM PART NUMBER QTY. DESCRIPTION REFERENCE
6 N/A 1 PCB,MTP,DC POWER ASSY,NP N/A
7 S25001-1821SMT 2 SRES,1.82K,1206,1%,1/8W,NP R14 R20
8 S25001-5621SMT 3 SRES,5.62K,1206,1%,1/8W,TR,NP R12 R28 R45
9 S25001-1002SMT 6 SRES,10K,1206,1%,1/4W,(09X-007 R4 R13 R22 R2 R27 R56
10 S25001-5622SMT 2 SRES,56.2K,1206,1%,1/8W,NP(500 R38 R39
11 S25001-1003SMT 3 SRES,100K,TKF,1206,1%,1/8W,TR, R5 R10 R29
12 S25001-3320SMT 2 SRES,330,1206,5%,1/4W R41 R53
13 S25001-2490SMT 1 SRES,249,1206,1%,1/4W,TR,NP R33
14 S25001-2213SMT 2 SRES,221K,1206,1%,1/8W,TR,NP R34 R52
15 S25005-1SMT 2 SRES,0.05,1%,2W,TR,NP R11 R30
16 S25009-1001SMT 1 SRES,1K,5%,2W,TR,NP R26
17 S25001-33R2SMT 2 SRES,33.2,1206,1%,1/4W,TR,NP R15 R16
18 S25001-4322SMT 2 SRES,43.2K,1206,1%,1/4W,TR,NP R18 R49
19 S25001-4422SMT 2 SRES,44.2K,1206,1%,1/4W,TR,NP R42 R51
(3.64) 20 S25084-1SMT 1 SRES,THERMISTOR,POS TEMP,TR,NP R50
21 S25084-2SMT 2 SRES,THERMISTOR,POS TEMP,TR,NP R17 R24
C1 C10 C17 C18 C19 C20 C24
22 S25024-12SMT 11 SCAP,4.7uF,TAN,35V,20%,TR,NP C33 C38 C3 C6
23 S25024-2SMT 5 SCAP,1uF,TAN,3528,35V,TR,NP C23 C29 C30 C40 C47
24 S25020-4SMT 2 SCAP,820pF,0805,50V,COG,5%,TR, C4 C8
25 S25020-5SMT 2 SCAP,2700pF,0805,5OV,X7R,5%,TR C16 C42
C2 C5 C7 C9 C14 C21 C22 C25
26 S25020-3SMT 12 SCAP,0.1uF,0805,50V,X7R,10%,TR C34 C39 C44 C53
DR
27 S25020-18SMT 2 SCAP,10pF,CER,0805,100V,5%,TR, C28 C32
28 S25026-1SMT 1 SCAP,33uF,TAN,7343,25V,10%,TR,LOW ESR C11
29 S25026-2SMT 5 SCAP,100uF,TAN,7343,10V,20%,TR C35 C36 C37 C41 C43
N.A.
30 S25040-2SMT 7 SDIO,1A,400V,DO-214BA,GLS,NP D10 D12 D13 D14 D17 D24 D25
31 S25080-1SMT 2 SLED,RED,1206,TR,NP LED1 LED2
32 S25040-3SMT 2 SDIO,MURD620CT,6A,200V,ULTRA-F D4 D18
33 S25049-2SMT 4 SDIO,MBRA130LT3,1A,30V,SCHOTTK D20 D21 D22 D23
(6.14) 34 S25040-13SMT 1 SDIO,MURB1620CT,16A,200V D16
35 S25044-13SMT 1 SDIO,1SMB5934BT3,24V,3W DZ1
36 S25046-5SMT 2 SDIO,MMSZ5254BT1,0.5W,27V,5%,T DZ2 DZ3
37 S25044-12SMT 1 SDIO,1SMB5913BT3,3W,3.3V,5%,TR DZ4
38 S25044-5SMT 2 SDIO,1SMB5931BT3,3W,18V,5%,TR, DZ7 DZ8
39 S25001-1502SMT 1 SRES,15K,FXD,1206,1%,1/8W,TR R1
40 S25001-6191SMT 1 SRES,6.19K,1206,1%,1/8W,TR,NP R3
41 S25040-11SMT 8 SDIO,MURS160,1A,600V,FAST RECO D1 D2 D3 D6 D7 D8 D9 D15
42 S15128-10SMT 2 SICS,TL4311D,LIN,V-REF,36V,-40 X1 X2
43 S25071-2SMT 2 SICS,PWM CONTROLLER,I-MODE,NP X4 X5
44 S15000-10 3 TRA,CNY17-3,NP OCI1 OCI2 OCI3
N.A. 45 S18104-5 2 HSS,MTP,VERT MOUNT,TO220,NP Q1 Q2 HEATSINKS
46 S18380-15 1 RES,THERMISTOR,PTC,POS TEMP,TR R40
47 S18380-16 1 RES,THERMISTOR,NTC,NEG TEMP,NP R55
48 T11577-62 2 CAP,1uF,PEMF,200V,10%,NP C13 C26
49 S20375-9 1 TFM,L-5763-3,FLYBACK,NP T1
50 S20375-10 1 TFM,L-5764-3,FLYBACK,NP T2
N.A. 51 T12704-93 2 TRA,BUZ30A,NMF,21A,200V,T0220, Q1 Q2
N.B. 52 S24020-4 1 CON,4P,TIN,MINI,NP J41
N.B. 53 S24020-6 1 CON,6P,TIN,MINI,NP J42
N.B. 54 S24020-12 1 CON,12P,TIN,MINI,NP J43
N.A. 55 N/A 2 SCREW N/A
N.A. 56 N/A 2 WASHER N/A
57 S25040-8SMT 1 SDIO,MURS360T3,NP D19
58 S20500-4 2 CAP, 1500pF,2000V,MET POLYPROP C12 31
59 S25020-2SMT 1 SCAP,0.022uF,50v, X7R C49
60 S25020-13SMT 4 SCAP,150pF,0805,100V,COG,5% C27 C45 C46 C52
61 S25002-47R5SMT 4 SRES,47.5,1210,5%,1/2W,TR,NP R6 R7 R57 R58
62 S25000-10R0SMT 3 SRES,10,TKF,0805,1%,1/10W R9 R60 R61
63 S25002-30R1SMT 2 SRES,30.1,FXD,1210,5%,1/2W,TR R35 R36
64 S25068-9SMT 1 STRA,78M15C,DPACK X3
65 S15128-6SMT 1 STRA,7815C,DPACK X8
66 S25068-10SMT 1 STRA,79M15C,DPACK X9
67 S25002-2491SMT 2 SRES,2.49K,1210,5%,1/2W,T/R R19 R23
68 S25002-1211SMT 3 SRES,1.21K,1210,5%,1/2W,TR,NP R46 R48 R37
69 S25002-1500SMT 5 SRES,150,1210,5%,1/2W,TR,NP R25 R44 R62 R63 R64
70 S25001-4750SMT 1 SRES,475,1206 R8
71 N/A 2 SHSS,MTP,D2PACK,TO263 X8 D16 HEATSINKS
72 S25001-4753SMT 1 SRES,475K,1206,1%,1/8W R21
73 S25001-15R0SMT 2 SRES,15,1206,1%,1/8W R43 R32
N.A., N.F. 74 E1868 0.002 THERMALLOY THERMALCOTE 251 Q1 Q2 HEATSINK COMP
75 S25001-7502SMT 1 SRES,75K,1206,1% R31
76 S25068-1SMT 2 SICS,78M05,DPAK,V-REG X6 X7
NOTES:

N.F. N.A. SEE HEAT SINK MOUNTING DETAILS.


N.E.
N.B. ALL CONNECTORS MUST BE GREASED WITH ITEM 5 PRIOR
45 51
55
TO ENCAPSULATION. CAPACITORS = MFD/VOLTS
INDUCTANCE = HENRIES
V
N.C. ATTACH ITEM 1 TO ITEM 2 (2 PLACES) WITH ITEM 3
(TOURQUE = 5.3 +/- .05 IN-LB). ITEM 1 SHOULD BUY AS RESISTANCE = OHMS
BE ALLIGNED SO THAT THE DISTANCE BETWEEN ITEM 1's
CONNECTORS AND ITEM 2 IS AS LARGE AS POSSIBLE. G3632-2D0
N.D. ENCAPSULATION PER E1911-E TO A MINIMUM DEPTH SO
ALLOF THE COMPONENTS LEADS ARE COVERED.
N.E . TIGHTEN TO 6-8 in. lbs. WITHOUT APPLYING ANY PRESSURE IDENTIFICATION CODE
TO PLASTIC CASE OF ITEM 51. PART NO.
N.F . PLACE A HEAVY FILM OF ITEM 74 ON HEATSINK SURFACE-
DO NOT GET ON THREADS.
56
N.G. PLACE BARCODED ASSEMBLY NUMBER IDENTIFICATION
AND BARCODED SERIAL NUMBER IDENTIFICATION IN
AREA SHOWN.
BUY PER E3867
HEATSINK MOUNTING DETAIL TEST PER E3856-P
THIS SHEET CONTAINS PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OWNED BY THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY AND IS NOT TO BE REPRODUCED, DISCLOSED OR USED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY, CLEVELAND, OHIO U.S.A.
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED TOLERANCE Chg. Sheet No. "X" INFO. DESIGN INFORMATION REFERENCE:
MANUFACTURING TOLERANCE PER E2056
ON 2 PLACE DECIMALS IS ± .02
EQUIPMENT TYPE: INVERTER WELDERS

SOLID EDGE
6-2-2000A XM5626
ON 3 PLACE DECIMALS IS ± .002 DRAWN BY: T.K. / F.V . G3632-1C1
ON ALL ANGLES IS ± .5 OF A DEGREE XA SUBJECT: DIGITAL POWER PC BD. ASBLY.
EN-170

MATERIAL TOLERANCE (" t ") TO AGREE ENGINEER: T. KOOKEN SUPERSEDING:


WITH PUBLISHED STANDARDS. XB
DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING APPROVED: SCALE: NONE DATE: 12-09-99 DRAWING No.: G 3632-2
NOTE: Lincoln Electric assumes no responsibility for liablilities resulting from board level troubleshooting. PC Board repairs will invalidate your factory warranty. Individual Printed Circuit Board Components are not available from Lincoln Electric. This information is pro-
vided for reference only. Lincoln Electric discourages board level troubleshooting and repair since it may compromise the quality of the design and may result in danger to the Machine Operator or Technician. Improper PC board repairs could result in damage to the
machine.
V350-PRO
G-11 ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS G-11
SCHEMATIC - SWITCH PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD

NOTE: This diagram is for reference only. It may not be accurate for all machines covered by this manual.

V350-PRO
G-12 ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS G-12
PC BOARD ASSEMBLY-SWITCH
ITEM REQ'D PART NO. IDENTIFICATION

C1,C23 2 S20500-4 CAPACITOR,PPMF,.0047,1000V,BOX


C10,C11 2 S13490-130 CAPACITOR,PCF,0.27,50V,5%
C2,C24 2 S20500-7 CAPACITOR,PPMF,.047,1600V,BOX,10%
C25,C26 2 T11577-57 CAPACITOR,PEF,0.1,400V,10%
C3,C18 2 S13490-93 CAPACITOR,TAEL,27,35V,10%
C31,C32 2 S16668-7 CAPACITOR,CEMO,820p,50V,5%
C4,C21 2 S20500-1 CAPACITOR,PPMF,0.1,1000V,10%,BOX
C5,C6,C15,C16 4 S16668-6 CAPACITOR,CEMO,4700p,50V,10%
C7,C12,C13,C14,C20,C27,C28 9 S16668-5 CAPACITOR,CEMO,.022, 50V,20%
C29,C30
C8,C9,C22 3 S16668-9 CAPACITOR,CEMO,150p, 100V,5%
CR1,CR2 2 S14293-18 RELAY,DPST,12VDC,AG-CDO
D1,D4,D16,D17 4 T12705-59 DIODE,AXLDS,3A,600V,UFR
D7,D8,D9,D12,D14,D18,D19 9 T12199-1 DIODE,AXLDS,1A,400V
D20,D21

1
G3830-
N.E., N.F. DZ1,DZ2,DZ3,DZ5,DZ6,DZ15 10 T12702-29 ZENER DIODE, 1W,15V,5% 1N4744A

SWITCH
0
V35
R1 R2 R126 R127
J21 DZ16,DZ18,DZ19,DZ23
6 DZ11,DZ22 2 T12702-4 ZENER DIODE, 1W,20V,5% 1N4747A
7 DZ4,DZ7,DZ17,DZ20 4 T12702-40 ZENER DIODE, 1W,6.2V,5% 1N4735A
2 1 2 1 DZ8 1 T12702-19 ZENER DIODE, 1W,12V,5% 1N4742A
R122 R83
DZ22 DZ11
DZ9,DZ10,DZ12,DZ13 4 T12702-45 ZENER DIODE, 1W,18V,5% 1N4746A

R124
R123 R37
.275 J20,J21 2 S24016-8 CONNECTOR,MOLEX,MINI,PCB,RT-L,8-PIN

R3

R92
R .045

R13
R14

R107
X1 C22 C9 X4
J22 1 S24016-4 CONNECTOR,MOLEX,MINI,PCB,RT-L,4-PIN
OCI3
.285

T2
T3
OCI1,OCI2,OCI3 3 S15000-22 OPTOCOUPLER,PHOTO-Q,70V,CNY17-3/VDE

R125
R4
C3 R65 OCI2
C18 MAX.
.105 OCI4 1 S15000-29 OPTOCOUPLER,TRIAC,DRV,RANDOM,600V
D21
R135
N.A. Q1 1 T12704-75 TRANSISTOR,NMF,T247,4A,900V(SS)
C32
R72 CRIMP N.A. Q2,Q3,Q4,Q5 4 T12704-73 MOSFET,4-PIN DIP,1A,100V,RFD110(SS)

R120

R73
R74
R64
R76
R62
R84
C14
5 R39
R38 HEIGHT NON-COMPONENT Q6 1 T12704-69 TRANSISTOR,PNP,TO226,0.5A, 40V,2N4403
X2 SIDE R1,R2,R3,R4,R7,R8,R9,R10 16 T14648-5 RESISTOR,WW,5W,3.3K,5%,SQ

B201
B208
R124,R125,R126,R127,R130

R42
R40

R75
R77
C29
D8

R63

R85
R15
4 EYELET DETAIL

R98
R21
DZ4

DZ17
B203
R19
B207 R131,R132,R133
C5 C12 R41 R99
R11,R12,R30,R31 4 S19400-1503 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,150K,1%
R43

R86
R20
D9
R93 R13,R39,R43,R60,R81,R92 6 S19400-3321 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,3.32K,1%
C15

DZ3

DZ15
DZ16
R78

DZ2
B218 DZ9 B211 R137 1 S19400-3570 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,357,1%

C10

R44
R97
N.C. R138 1 S19400-1500 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,150,1%

Q2

DZ10
R139 1 S19400-4750 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,475,1%

R87
R45
R59
R14,R107 2 S19400-1652 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,16.5K,1%

Q3
B213 B217
D1 D16
R140 1 S19400-39R2 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,39.2,1%

C21
N.J.
R15,R20,R21,R22,R27,R28 12 S19400-10R0 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,10.0,1%

C4
C31
R35 (8 PLACES)

R66
R80
R81
D20
R97,R98,R99,R100,R101,R106

R34

R51
R60

C7
C1 C23
C13
C20
R29,R83,R122,R141 4 S19400-1000 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,100,1%
R5 R128
DZ1 DZ23
R32,R33,R34,R48,R49,R50 16 S19400-1003 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,100K,1%

R48
R51,R62,R63,R74,R75,R85

R33

R50

R49
R6 R129

A1
R86,R87,R134,R135

A2
X3

D14
C11
C2 C24

R68
R35,R52,R73,R84 4 S19400-6191 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,6.19K,1%

R32

R47
R46
R134
R36,R37,R123 3 S19400-2213 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,221K,1%
R82 R38,R40,R42,R45,R53,R59 14 S19400-1002 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,10.0K,1%
B216 R52 R53 B212
R66,R69,R70,R72,R80,R82

Q4

Q5
B205 B204
R142,R143

R79
R22 R69

R61
C28
R67
D12

DZ12
R70 R41,R67 2 S19400-4752 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,47.5K ,1%
N.D.
R26 DZ13
3 R44,R68 2 T12300-79 RESISTOR,WW, 1W,1.0,1%

DZ19
DZ18
R28
DZ7
D4 C6 D17
(16 PLACES) R27 R106 R46,R76 2 S19400-3322 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,33.2K,1%
R105
N.B., N.G., N.M. R47,R64 2 S19400-2000 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,200,1%
DZ8 (5 PLACES)
B206 C16

Q1

DZ20
B202
R5,R6,R19,R26,R93,R105 9 S19400-1001 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,1.00K,1%

R100
DZ6
DZ5

R101
R109,R128,R129
1 R55,R56,R57,R58 4 S24376-3 RESISTOR,WW,10W,100,5%
R133
R61,R77 2 S19400-8251 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,8.25K,1%
R130
R65,R120 2 S19400-2001 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,2.00K,1%
R29

R78,R79 2 S16296-5 TRIMMER,MT,1/2W,10K, 10%,LINEAR


N.K.
R8 R9 R131 R132 MANUFACTURED AS: T1 1 S13000-46 TRANSFORMER,PCB;
T2,T3 2 M19612 CURRENT-TRANSDUCER,125-TURN
(4 PLACES)
R31

R36
C8

R55

R56

R57

TP1 1 T13640-24 MOV,175VRMS,120J,20MM


R12

R7 R10 N.K. TRI1 1 S15161-27 TRIAC,T220,8A,800V


TRI1
G3830-1B1
R30

(4 PLACES)
X1,X4 2 S15128-10 VOLTAGE REF,ADJ, PRECISION,431I
R58

R11

X2,X3 2 S15128-18 OP-AMP,QUAD, HIGH-PERF,33074

TP1
B209
J22
IDENTIFICATION CODE
OCI1
T1 R138
R137
R140
R139
PART NO.
N.L. CR2
NOTES:
CR1
C25 N.A. CAUTION: THIS DEVICE IS SUBJECT TO DAMAGE BY
STATIC ELECTRICITY. LINCOLN ELECTRIC TO SEE E2454
CAPACITORS = MFD/VOLTS
OCI4
BEFORE HANDLING. INDUCTANCE = HENRIES
D19

RESISTOR = OHMS
C30
R143
R142

R109
D7

J20 C26
N.B. SNAP POWER TERMINALS INTO COMPONENT SIDE OF BOARD.
C27
R141
Q6

D18

N.C. THIS AREA TO BE COVERED ON BOTH SIDES OF BOARD (WHERE


POSSIBLE) WITH SEALANT PRIOR TO ENCAPSULATION.
N.D. INJECT SEALANT ITEM 8 THROUGH THE PC BOARD TO SEAL MODULE LEADS
(16 PLACES), AND ALL COMPONENT LEADS ON THE NONO-COMPONENT
ITEM PART NO. DESCRIPTION QTY
SIDE OF THE BOARD, THAT ARE COVERED BY MODULE CASE.
N.E. FEMALE EYELET TO BE AGAINST THE NON-COMPONENT SIDE AS SHOWN 1 G3831-B P.C. BOARD BLANK 1
EYELET MUST NOT SPIN AFTER CLINCHING. N.A. 2 M16100-44 ELECTRONIC MODULE (A1, A2) 2
N.F. SOLDER EYELET SO THAT SOLDER COVERS ENTIRE EYELET 3 S23006 TERMINAL (B211,B218,B204,B205,B209) 5
AND ALL AROUND EYELET ON COPPER SIDE ONLY. 4 M19612 CURRENT TRANSDUCER (T2, T3) 2
NO ICICLES OR SOLDER BLOBS PERMITTED. 5 S24866 POWER TERMINAL (B201, B208) 2
N.G. AFTER SOLDERING, INSPECT POWER TERMINAL CONNECTIONS 6 T9147-11 EYELET-FEMALE 8
TO ENSURE SOLDER HAS PROPERLY WET COMPONENT SIDE PAD 7 T9147-15 EYELET-MALE 8
ON A MINIMUM OF 3 OF THE 4 LEGS OF THE POWER TERMINAL.
8 E2861 SEALANT 5.0oz
N.H. BAR MUST BE FREE OF ENCAPSULATION MATERIAL ON BOTH SURFACES
N.P. AROUND MOUNTING HOLES AND ENTIRE LENGTH OF MOUNTING SURFACE.
ENCAPSULATION MATERIAL MUST NOT EXTEND BEYOND THE MOUNTING
SURFACE PLANE. (2 PLACES)
2 N.J. DO NOT COAT WITH ENCAPSULATION MATERIAL, TOP AND BOTTOM, .80 +/- .05” DIA.
N.K. PC BOARD HOLES TO BE FREE OF ENCAPSULATION MATERIAL AND SEALANT MAKE PER E1911
FOR A DIAMETER OF .50” FOR THE LARGER HOLES, AND .25 FOR THE SMALLER
N.N.
N.H. HOLES, BOTH SIDES OF BOARD. (4 PLACES). ENCAPSULATE WITH E1844, 3 COATS
(2 PLACES) N.L. THIS AREA TO BE COVERED ON COMPONENT SIDE OF BOARD WITH SEALANT
(2 PLACES)
PRIOR TO ENCAPSULATION. MATERIAL MUST BE APPLIED FROM TOP TO
COMPLETELY FILL TO UNDERSIDE OF DEVICE. THEN APPLY SEALANT AROUND
BASE OF DEVICE.
TEST PER E3817-SW
N.M. THIS AREA TO BE COVERED ON OPPOSITE COMPONENT SIDE OF BOARD WITH
ITEM 8 PRIOR TO ENCAPSULATION. DO NOT COAT WITH ENCAPSULATION
MATERIAL ON THE TOP SURFACES NOR THE THREADS.
N.N. THESE SURFACES MUST BE MAINTAINEDCO-PLANAR WITHIN .010” THROUGH
ENTIRE SOLDERING AND SEALING PROCESS.
N.P. SEALANT HEIGHT BETWEEN MODULES NOT TO EXCEED .17” MAX.

THIS SHEET CONTAINS PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OWNED BY THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY AND IS NOT TO BE REPRODUCED, DISCLOSED OR USED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY, CLEVELAND, OHIO U.S.A.
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED TOLERANCE Chg. Sheet No. "X" INFO. DESIGN INFORMATION REFERENCE:
MANUFACTURING TOLERANCE PER E2056
ON 2 PLACE DECIMALS IS ± .02
EQUIPMENT TYPE: INVERTER WELDERS

SOLID EDGE
6-2-2000A XM5626
ON 3 PLACE DECIMALS IS ± .002 DRAWN BY: F.V./JB
ON ALL ANGLES IS ± .5 OF A DEGREE XA SUBJECT: SWITCH P.C. BOARD ASSEMBLY
EN-170

MATERIAL TOLERANCE (" t ") TO AGREE ENGINEER: SUPERSEDING:


WITH PUBLISHED STANDARDS.
DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING APPROVED: SCALE: FULL DATE:5-11-2000 DRAWING No.: G 3830-1B1
NOTE: Lincoln Electric assumes no responsibility for liablilities resulting from board level troubleshooting. PC Board repairs will invalidate your factory warranty. Individual Printed Circuit Board Components are not available from Lincoln Electric. This information is pro-
vided for reference only. Lincoln Electric discourages board level troubleshooting and repair since it may compromise the quality of the design and may result in danger to the Machine Operator or Technician. Improper PC board repairs could result in damage to the
machine.
V350-PRO
G-13 ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS G-13
SCHEMATIC - DISPLAY PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD

NOTE: This diagram is for reference only. It may not be accurate for all machines covered by this manual.

V350-PRO
G-14 ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS G-14
PC BOARD ASSEMBLY-DISPLAY
REFERENCE
ITEM PART NO. DESCRIPTION REQ'D DESIGNATOR
1 G3656-C DISPLAY PC BOARD BLANK 1
2 L11166-1 FLEX CIRCUIT 1
3 T15176-2 LED, SPACER, 0.140 HIGH 4
4 E3539 ELEC. INSUL. COMPOUND .01 oz
FOR ITEMS BELOW REFER TO ELECTRONIC COMPONENT DATABASE FOR COMPONENT
SPECIFICATIONS
5 S25020-3SMT CAPACITOR,SMD,CERAMIC,0.1MF,50V,10%,X 8 C2,C3,C4,C5,C11,C12,C19,C20
N.E. 6 S25020-9SMT CAPACITOR,SMD,CERAMIC,47pF,50V,5%,COG 0 C13,C14,C15,C16,C17,C18
7 S25024-7SMT CAPACITOR,SMD,TANTALUM,47MF,20V,10%,S 1 C1
8 S18248-10 CONNECTOR,MOLEX,MINI,PCB,10-PIN 1 J37
N.B. 9 S20496-1SMT IC,SMD,CMOS,DRIVER,DISPLAY,LED,CC,MCU 3 X5,X6,X7
N.B. 10 S17900-28SMT IC,SMD,CMOS,HEX INVERTING BUFFER,3-ST 1 X3
N.B. 11 S17900-8SMT IC,SMD,CMOS,INVERTER,SCHMITT,HEX,HC14 1 X1
N.A. 12 T13657-6 LED,T-1,RED,HLMP-K101 4 LED1,LED2,LED3,LED4
DISP1,DISP2,DISP3,DISP4
N.A.,N.D. 13 S17395-6 LED,DISPLAY,7-SEGMENT,CC,BRIGHT 8
DISP5,DISP6,DISP7,DISP8
N.A. 14 T13657-12 LED,T-1,3/4,YELLOW,HI-INTENSITY 3 LED5,LED6,LED7
N.B. 15 S17900-26SMT IC,CMOS,SMD,MUX,DAT,8-INPUT,HC151(SS) 1 X2
16 S25000-1001SMT RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,1.00K,1 2 R21,R26
17 S25000-1501SMT RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,1.50K,1 2 R6,R16
18 S25000-4751SMT RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,4.75K,1 1 R24
19 S25000-10R0SMT RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,10.0OHM 3 R22,R23,R25
20 S25000-1212SMT RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,12.1K,1 6 R9,R10,R11,R12,R13,R14
21 S25000-4752SMT RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,47.5K,1 1 R27
22 S25000-2670SMT RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,267OHMS 1 R20
N.B. 23 S17900-10SMT IC,SMDCMOS,REGISTER,SHFT,S-PI/SO,8-BI 1 X4

1
8 N.A., N.F.
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED:
V
N.A. CAPACITORS = MFD/VOLTS
.31 3.50 INDUCTANCE = HENRIES
1.90 RESISTANCE = OHMS
1.78
12 N.C.
1.45

N.A.

.50 NOTES:
N.A. DO NOT COAT WITH ENCAPSULATION MATERIAL.
.12
0 N.B. CAUTION: THIS DEVICE IS SUBJECT TO DAMAGE BY STATIC
ELECTRICITY. SEE E2454 BEFORE HANDLING.
0 .80 GROUND SIDE 6.14
3
6.20 N.C. USE ITEM 3 TO STAND ITEM 12 FROM THE P.C. BOARD. THERE MUST NOT
N.A. BE MORE THAN .020 GAP BETWEEN SPACER AND P.C. BOARD OR BETWEEN
6.45 SPACER AND LED. ENCAPSULATE P.C.BOARD, SPACER AND LOWER HALF OF LED.

N.D. DISP 1 THRU DISP 8 MUST ALWAYS BE MATCHED BY VENDOR NAME.


DO NOT MIX DIFFERENT VENDORS ON THE SAME BOARD ASSEMBLY.

N.E. DO NOT INSERT THESE COMPONENTS.

2 N.F. CONNECTOR MUST BE GREASED WITH ITEM 4 PRIOR TO ENCAPSULATION.

BUY AS:

ENCAPSULATE WITH HUMISEAL 1A27LU PER


E1844 OR WITH EQUIVALENT AS APPROVED
BY LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY. (2 COATS)
L11130-2C0

{
IDENTIFICATION CODE
PART NO.

BUY PER E3867


TEST PER E3856-D
THIS SHEET CONTAINS PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OWNED BY THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY AND IS NOT TO BE REPRODUCED, DISCLOSED OR USED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY, CLEVELAND, OHIO U.S.A.
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED TOLERANCE "X" INFO. Chg. Sheet No. DESIGN INFORMATION REFERENCE:
MANUFACTURING TOLERANCE PER E2056
ON 2 PLACE DECIMALS IS ± .02
EQUIPMENT TYPE: MISCELLANEOUS

SOLID EDGE
XM5626 6-2-2000A
ON 3 PLACE DECIMALS IS ± .002 DRAWN BY: F.V. G3443-1B2
ON ALL ANGLES IS ± .5 OF A DEGREE XD SUBJECT: SPI DISPLAY P.C. BOARD ASSEMBLY
EN-168

MATERIAL TOLERANCE (" t ") TO AGREE ENGINEER: SUPERSEDING:


WITH PUBLISHED STANDARDS.
DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING APPROVED: SCALE: FULL DATE: 11-19-99 DRAWING No.: L 11130-2
NOTE: Lincoln Electric assumes no responsibility for liablilities resulting from board level troubleshooting. PC Board repairs will invalidate your factory warranty. Individual Printed Circuit Board Components are not available from Lincoln Electric. This information is pro-
vided for reference only. Lincoln Electric discourages board level troubleshooting and repair since it may compromise the quality of the design and may result in danger to the Machine Operator or Technician. Improper PC board repairs could result in damage to the
machine.
V350-PRO
G-15 ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS G-15
SCHEMATIC -STATUS PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD

NOTE: This diagram is for reference only. It may not be accurate for all machines covered by this manual.

V350-PRO
G-16 ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS G-16
PC BOARD ASSEMBLY-STATUS
P.C. BOARD REFERENCE
ITEM PART NO. REQ'D DESCRIPTION
DESIGNATORS
1 L11107-B 1 P.C. BOARD BLANK
2 L11166-1 1 FLEX ASSEMBLY
3 E3165 2 E3165-.25-.35-1.00
4 E3539 .01 oz. ELECTRICAL INSULATING COMPOUND
FOR ITEMS LISTED BELOW REFER TO ELECTRONIC COMPONENT DATABASE FOR COMPONENT SPECIFICATIONS

5 S13490-104 1 C1 CAPACITOR,TAEL,39,20V,10%
6 S16668-11 9 C2,C3,C4,C5,C6,C8,C11,C12,C27 CAPACITOR,CEMO,0.1, 50V,10%
7 S13490-42 3 C7,C9, C26 CAPACITOR,TAEL,1.0,35V,10%
8 S16668-5 4 C10,C21,C22, C25 CAPACITOR,CEMO,.022, 50V,20%
N.C. 9 S16668-3 0 C13,C14,C15,C16,C17,C18 CAPACITOR,CEMO,100P, 100V,5%
10 S13490-40 2 C23,C24 CAPACITOR,TAEL,2.7,50V,10%
11 S18248-10 1 J31 CONNECTOR,MOLEX,MINI,PCB,10-PIN
12 S24020-4 1 J311 CONNECTOR,MOLEX,MINI,PCB,4-PIN
N.A. LED 1,LED 2, LED 3, LED 4, LED 6,
N.B. 13 T13657-11 14 LED 7, LED 9, LED 10, LED 11, LED RED LED
N.F. 12, LED 13, LED 14, LED 15, LED 16
14 S19400-1002 2 R1, R25 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,10.0K,1%
15 S19400-1001 5 R2,R4,R6,R24,R27 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,1.00K,1%
16 S19400-4751 2 R3,R22 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,4.75K,1%
17 S19400-1212 6 R9,R10,R11,R12,R13,R14 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,12.1K,1%
18 S19400-1000 5 R17,R18,R19,R23R26 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,100,1%
N.B. N.B. 19 S19400-2670 1 R20 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,267,1%
2.78 4.38 6.88 20 S19400-4750 1 R21 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,475,1%
N.B. N.B. 21 T13381-16 2 S1,S2 SWITCH,PUSHBUTTON,SPST
N.A. 22 S17900-8 1 X1 IC,CMOS,INVERTER,SCHMITT,HEX,HC14A(SS)
N.B. N.A. 23 S17900-26 1 X2 IC,CMOS,MUX,DAT,8-INPUT,HC151(SS)
24 S17900-28 1 X3 IC,CMOS,HEX,BUFFER,3-STATE,2-BIT,4-BI
2.30
N.A. 25 S17900-10 1 X4 IC,CMOS,REGISTER,SHFT,S-PI/SO,8-BIT(SS)
2.06 C15 N.A. 26 M15105-7 1 X5 IC,CMOS,CONVERTER,A/D,MPU, 10-BIT,(SS)
R11
27 S20496-1 2 X6,X7 IC,CMOS,DRIVER,DISPLAY,LED, CC,MCU

C9
R10
R27

C18

C14

R3
C6

R6
C16
N.C. 28 T13657-11 0 LED 5, LED 8 RED LED

R20
X1 X4 X3 C7
R12 X5
X7

R13
R1
C27

C17
X2
CAPACITORS = MFD/VOLTS
V
R9
R2

C8
R14
X6

R4
C3

C10
1.11
C4
C13
C5 C12 INDUCTANCE = HENRIES
C26 R21
RESISTANCE = OHMS

C24
C2

R19

R18
C21

R23

R17
R22

C22
BUY AS:
C1 C11
LED9 LED10 LED11 LED12 LED13 LED14 LED15 LED16 S1
R24

S2
R26
C25

C23
LED1 LED2 LED3 LED4
J31 J311 LED8 LED7 LED6 LED5
R25
L11107-2 STATUS INPUT .16
.00

.00
.18 7.58

3 N.D.
GROUND SIDE 3 N.D.
7.80
L11107-2B0

{
IDENTIFICATION CODE
N.B., N.E.
PART NO.
2 1
NOTES:
N.A. CAUTION: THIS DEVICE IS SUBJECT TO DAMAGE BY STATIC
ELECTRICITY. SEE E2454 BEFORE HANDLING.
N.B. DO NOT COAT WITH ENCAPSULATION MATERIAL.
N.C. DO NOT INSERT THESE COMPONENTS.
N.D. INSERT ITEM 3 BETWEEN ROWS OF LED’s. ITEM 3 MUST BE FLUSH
WITH LED BULB.
N.E. ALL CONNECTORS MUST BE GREASED WITH ITEM 4 PRIOR TO
ENCAPSULATION.
N.F. LED 1 THRU LED 16 MUST ALWAYS BE MATCHED BY VENDOR NAME
AND VENDOR PART NUMBER. DO NOT MIX DIFFERENT VENDORS OR
VENDOR PART NUMBERS ON THE SAME BOARD ASSEMBLY.

ENCAPSULATE WITH HUMISEAL 1A27LU PER


E1844 OR WITH EQUIVALENT AS APPROVED
BY LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY. (2 COATS) BUY PER E3867
TEST PER E3856-ST
THIS SHEET CONTAINS PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OWNED BY THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY AND IS NOT TO BE REPRODUCED, DISCLOSED OR USED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY, CLEVELAND, OHIO U.S.A.
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED TOLERANCE Chg. Sheet No. "X" INFO. DESIGN INFORMATION REFERENCE:
MANUFACTURING TOLERANCE PER E2056
ON 2 PLACE DECIMALS IS ± .02
EQUIPMENT TYPE: MISCELLANEOUS

SOLID EDGE
6-2-2000A XM5626
ON 3 PLACE DECIMALS IS ± .002 DRAWN BY: F.V.
ON ALL ANGLES IS ± .5 OF A DEGREE XD SUBJECT: SPI STATUS INPUT P.C. BOARD AS'BLY
EN-168

MATERIAL TOLERANCE (" t ") TO AGREE ENGINEER: SUPERSEDING:


WITH PUBLISHED STANDARDS.
DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING APPROVED: SCALE: NONE DATE: 9-30-99 DRAWING No.: L 11107-2
NOTE: Lincoln Electric assumes no responsibility for liablilities resulting from board level troubleshooting. PC Board repairs will invalidate your factory warranty. Individual Printed Circuit Board Components are not available from Lincoln Electric. This information is pro-
vided for reference only. Lincoln Electric discourages board level troubleshooting and repair since it may compromise the quality of the design and may result in danger to the Machine Operator or Technician. Improper PC board repairs could result in damage to the
machine.
V350-PRO
G-17 ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS G-17
SCHEMATIC - MODE SELECT PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD

NOTE: This diagram is for reference only. It may not be accurate for all machines covered by this manual.

V350-PRO
G-18 ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS G-18
PC BOARD ASSEMBLY-MODE SELECT
PC BOARD REFERENCE
ITEM PART NO. REQ'D DESCRIPTION
DESIGNATORS
1 L11110-A 1 P.C. BOARD BLANK
2 L11166-1 1 FLEX ASSEMBLY
3 T15176-1 10 LED SPACER
4 E3539 .01 oz. ELEC. INSUL. COMPOUND
FOR ITEMS BELOW REFER TO ELECTRONIC COMPONENT DATABASE FOR COMPONENT SPECIFICATIONS
5 S13490-104 1 C1 39/20V
6 S16668-11 8 C2,C3,C4,C5,C6,C8,C11,C12 0.1/ 50V
7 S13490-42 2 C7,C9 1.0/35V
8 S16668-5 5 C10,C22,C23,C25,C28 .022/ 50V
N.C. 9 S16668-2 0 C13,C14,C15,C16,C17,C18 47P/100V
10 S13490-40 4 C29,C30,C31,C32 2.7/50V
11 S18248-10 1 J34 HEADER
N.A. 12 T13657-11 5 LED1,LED2,LED3,LED4,LED5 RED LED
13 S19400-1002 1 R1 10.0K 1/4W
14 S19400-1001 2 R2,R4 1.00K 1/4W
15 S19400-4751 3 R3,R24,R25 4.75K 1/4W
16 S19366-1 2 R5,R7 10K 1/2W TRIMMER
17 S19400-1501 1 R6 1.50K 1/4W
18 S19400-1212 6 R9,R10,R11,R12,R13,R14 12.1K 1/4W
19 S19400-1000 7 R15,R16,R17,R18,R19,R26,R27 100 1/4W
N.A. 20 S19400-2670 1 R20 267 1/4W
N.A. 21 S19400-4750 2 R21,R23 475 1/4W
N.A. 22 T13381-17 1 S1 PUSHBUTTON SWITCH,SPST
6.90 23 S17900-8 1 X1 IC,HC14A(SS),SCHMITT INVERTER
N.D. 24 S17900-26 1 X2 IC,HC151(SS),8-INPUT MULTIPLEXER
2.10 1 25 S17900-28 1 X3 IC,3-STATE,2-BIT BUFFER
MODE SELECT N.B.
26 S17900-10 1 X4 IC,PI/SO 8-BIT(SS) SHIFT REGISTER

R20
LED1 X4 X2 ARB 27 M15105-7 1 X5 IC,10-BIT (SS) A/D CONVERTER

C12

C3
R6
X3

C5

C7
C6
28 S20496-1 1 X6 IC,LED DISPLAY DRIVER

R4
C2
LED2 C16
C9
X6 C1 R12

LED3
C13
R11 R5 R7 CAPACITORS = MFD/VOLTS
C11

R9 C15
INDUCTANCE = HENRIES

C8
V
R1
S1 X5
3 J34
LED4
X1 RESISTANCE = OHMS

C4

R23
R21
R3
LED5

C30

C32

C29

C31
R17
BUY AS:

R14

R10

R13

R16

R24

R19

R18
R2

R25
C22

C18

C14

C17

R15
R26
C28

C25

R27
C10

C23
L11110-1
0

0 N.A., N.E.

N.A.

L11110-1A1

{
IDENTIFICATION CODE
GROUND SIDE
PART NO.
NOTES:
N.A. DO NOT COAT WITH ENCAPSULATION MATERIAL.
N.B. CAUTION: THIS DEVICE IS SUBJECT TO DAMAGE BY STATIC
ELECTRICITY. SEE E2454 BEFORE HANDLING.
2
N.C. DO NOT INSERT THESE COMPONENTS.

N.D. THERE MUST NOT BE MORE THAN .010 GAP BETWEEN SPACERS,
OR BETWEEN SPACER & LED, OR BETWEEN SPACER & P.C. BOARD.
ENCAPSULATE P.C. BOARD, SPACERS & LOWER HALF OF LED.
N.A.
N.E. CONNECTOR MUST BE GREASED WITH ITEM 4 PRIOR TO ENCAPSULATION.

ENCAPSULATE WITH HUMISEAL 1A27LU PER


E1844 OR WITH EQUIVALENT AS APPROVED
BY LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY. (2 COATS) BUY PER E3867
TEST PER E3856-MS
THIS SHEET CONTAINS PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OWNED BY THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY AND IS NOT TO BE REPRODUCED, DISCLOSED OR USED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY, CLEVELAND, OHIO U.S.A.
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED TOLERANCE Chg. Sheet No. "X" INFO. DESIGN INFORMATION REFERENCE:
MANUFACTURING TOLERANCE PER E2056
ON 2 PLACE DECIMALS IS ± .02
EQUIPMENT TYPE: MISCELLANEOUS

SOLID EDGE
6-2-2000A XM5626
ON 3 PLACE DECIMALS IS ± .002 DRAWN BY: M.D. G3443-1B2
ON ALL ANGLES IS ± .5 OF A DEGREE XE SUBJECT: SPI MODE SELECT P.C. BD ASSEMBLY
EN-168

MATERIAL TOLERANCE (" t ") TO AGREE ENGINEER: SUPERSEDING:


WITH PUBLISHED STANDARDS.
DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING APPROVED: SCALE: FULL DATE: 2-23-99 DRAWING No.: L 11110-1
NOTE: Lincoln Electric assumes no responsibility for liablilities resulting from board level troubleshooting. PC Board repairs will invalidate your factory warranty. Individual Printed Circuit Board Components are not available from Lincoln Electric. This information is pro-
vided for reference only. Lincoln Electric discourages board level troubleshooting and repair since it may compromise the quality of the design and may result in danger to the Machine Operator or Technician. Improper PC board repairs could result in damage to the
machine.
V350-PRO
G-19 ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS G-19
SCHEMATIC - REMOTE PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD

NOTE: This diagram is for reference only. It may not be accurate for all machines covered by this manual.

V350-PRO
G-20 ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS G-20
PC BOARD ASSEMBLY-REMOTE
37 S25001-7500SMT 1 RESISTOR,SMD,750OHMS,1/4W,1206,1%,TR R135 REFERENCE
38 S25000-2213SMT 1 RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,221K,1% R138 ITEM PART NO. REQ'D DESCRIPTION DESIGNATOR
39 S25000-1001SMT 1 RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,1.00K,1 R139 1 G3709-A 1 P.C. BOARD BLANK
40 S25000-3570SMT 1 RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,357OHMS R140 2 M19436-4 1 POTTING TRAY
41 S25000-4752SMT 1 RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,47.5K,1 R141 3 S8025-80 2 SELF TAPPING SCREW
42 S25003-15R0SMT 3 RESISTOR,SMD,1W,15.0OHMS,1% R142,R143,R144 4 L11166-1 1 FLEX CIRCUIT ASSEMBLY
43 S25010-2SMT 2 RESISTOR,SMD,MF,121K,1/4W,1%,SURGE R15,R16 5 E2527 66.7g ( 2.19 oz ) EPOXY ENCAPSULATION RESIN
44 S25010-3SMT 6 RESISTOR,SMD,MF,1W,20.0K,1%,SURGE R17,R18,R76,R80,R119, 6 E3539 .57g (.02 oz ) ELECTRICAL INSULATING COMPOUND
R120 FOR ITEMS LISTED BELOW REFER TO ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS DATABASE FOR COMPONENT
45 S25000-4751SMT 11 RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,4.75K,1 R2,R3,R4,R5,R6,R7,R28, SPECIFICATIONS
R29, R39,R40,R116 7 S25020-3SMT 38 CAPACITOR,SMD,CERAMIC,0.1MF,50V,10%,X C2,C3,C4,C5,C6,C8,C9,
46 S25000-1002SMT 10 RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,10.0K,1 R26,R27,R32,R33,R34, C10,C11,C12,C13,C14,
C15,C16,C17,C18,C19,
R35,R36,R37,R38,R145
C20,C21,C22,C47,C48,
47 S25000-2670SMT 1 RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,267OHMS R41
C49,C50,C51,C52,C53,
N.G. 48 S18380-14 5 THERMISTOR,PTC,500OHMS,28mA R42,R43,R44,R64,R65
C54,C55,C56,C57,C58,
49 S25001-3320SMT 2 RESISTOR,SMD,332OHMS,1/4W,1206,1%,TR R46,R47
C59,C60,C61,C62,C65,
50 S25001-2210SMT 2 RESISTOR,SMD,221OHMS,1/4W,1206,1%,TR R48,R49
C66,
51 S25001-1000SMT 2 RESISTOR,SMD,100OHMS,1/4W,1206,1%,TR R51,R52
8 S25020-12SMT 0 CAPACITOR,SMD,CERAMIC,100pF,100V,5%,C C23,C24,C25,C26,C27,
52 S25000-3321SMT 5 RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,3.32K,1 R55,R56,R57,R126,R127 N.F.
C29
53 S25000-6811SMT 6 RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,6.81K,1 R62,R63,R128,R129, 9 S25020-5SMT 2 CAPACITOR,SMD,CERAMIC,2700pF,50V,5%,X C30,C32
R130,R131 10 S13490-184 1 CAPACITOR,ALEL,330,100V,20% C34
54 S25000-6813SMT 2 RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,681K,1% R66,R67 11 S25020-7SMT 2 CAPACITOR,SMD,CERAMIC,0.22MF,50V,20%, C35,C36
55 S25000-9092SMT 2 RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,90.9K,1 R68,R69 12 S25024-2SMT 1 CAPACITOR,SMD,TANTALUM,1.0MF,35V,10%, C37
56 S25000-2801SMT 2 RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,2.80K,1 R70,R71 13 S25024-5SMT 1 CAPACITOR,SMD,TANTALUM,4.7MF,35V,10%, C40
57 S25000-1212SMT 6 RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,12.1K,1 R8,R9,R10,R11,R12,R13 14 S25024-9SMT 1 CAPACITOR,SMD,TANTALUM,100MF,20V,20%, C41
58 S25000-2002SMT 2 RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,20.0K,1 R82,R85 15 S25024-7SMT 2 CAPACITOR,SMD,TANTALUM,47MF,20V,10%,S C42,C46
59 S25001-6810SMT 1 RESISTOR,SMD,681OHMS,1/4W,1206,1%,TR R86 16 S25020-6SMT 1 CAPACITOR,SMD,CERAMIC,4700pF,50V,5%, C63
60 S25004-2430SMT 5 RESISTOR,SMD,1W,243OHMS,1% R91,R92,R93,R99,R107 17 S25020-2SMT 1 CAPACITOR,SMD,CERAMIC,0.022MF,50V,10% C64
61 S17900-8SMT 1 IC,SMD,CMOS,INVERTER,SCHMITT,HEX,HC14 X1 18 S25040-1SMT 1 DIODE,SMD,1A,400V,FAST RECOVERY,DO-21 D20
62 S20496-1SMT 1 IC,SMD,CMOS,DRIVER,DISPLAY,LED,CC,MCU X10 19 S25049-2SMT 1 DIODE,SMD,1A,30V,SMA,SCHOTTKY D21
63 S25068-5SMT 1 IC,SMD,VOLTAGE CONVERTER,SWITCHED-CAP X11 20 S25040-5SMT 3 DIODE,SMD,DUAL,0.200A,70V,UFR D24,D25,D26
64 S15128-10SMT 1 IC,SMD,VOLTAGE REF,ADJ, PECISION,431I X12 21 S25040-2SMT 4 DIODE,SMD,1A,400V,DO-214BA/AC D3,D6,D7,D19
65 S15018-22SMT 1 IC,SMD,ARRAY,CLAMPING,HEX,SOIC-8 X14 22 S25044-1SMT 3 ZENER DIODE,SMD,3W,5.1V,5%, SMB DZ1,DZ2,DZ3
66 S15018-11SMT 1 IC,SMD,CMOS,SWITCH,ANALOG,QUAD,201(SS X15 23 S25046-4SMT 1 ZENER DIODE,SMD,0.5W,12V,5%,SOD-123 DZ10
N.B.
67 M15458-4SMT 1 IC,PWM-CONTROLLER,I-MODE,2842A, SOIC- X16 24 S25044-4SMT 1 ZENER DIODE,SMD,3W,15V,5%, SMB DZ11
68 S17900-26SMT 1 IC,CMOS,SMD,MUX,DAT,8-INPUT,HC151(SS) X2 25 S25044-6SMT 1 ZENER DIODE,SMD,3W,27V,5%, SMB DZ12
69 S17900-10SMT 2 IC,SMDCMOS,REGISTER,SHFT,S-PI/SO,8-BI X3,X4 26 S25044-3SMT 4 ZENER DIODE,SMD,3W,12V,5%, SMB DZ6,DZ7,DZ8,DZ9
70 M15105-7SMT 1 IC,SMD,CMOS,CONVERTER,A/D,MPU, 10-BIT X5 27 S18248-10 1 CONNECTOR,MOLEX,MINI,PCB,10-PIN J33
71 S15128-18SMT 2 IC,OP-AMP,SMT,QUAD,HIGH-PERF,33074D X6,X7 28 S24020-12 1 CONNECTOR,MOLEX,MINI,PCB,12-PIN,TIN J331
72 S17900-28SMT 1 IC,SMD,CMOS,HEX INVERTING BUFFER,3-ST X8 29 S15000-25SMT 1 OPTOCOUPLER,SSR,FORM:1A+1B,0.17A,8-PI OCI1
30 S25050-1SMT 4 TRANSISTOR,SMD,NPN,0.5A,40V,SOT-23,MM Q2,Q3,Q4,Q7
31 S25050-2SMT 1 TRANSISTOR,SMS,PNP,SOT23,0.5A, 40V,MM Q6
32 S25051-2SMT 1 TRANSISTOR,SMD,NMF,D2PAK,18A,200V,IRF Q8
33 S25000-2431SMT 1 RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,2.43K,1 R1
34 S25000-2211SMT 2 RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,2.21K,1 R113,R121
35 S25000-3322SMT 1 RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,33.2K,1 R115
36 S25003-2211SMT 3 RESISTOR,SMD,1W,2.21K,1% R132,R133,R134

CAPACITORS = MFD/VOLTS
INDUCTANCE = HENRIES V
RESISTANCE = OHMS

SHIELD SIDE

NOTES:

N.A. ALL CONNECTORS MUST BE GREASED WITH ITEM 6 PRIOR

TO ENCAPSULATION.

4
N.B. CAUTION: THIS DEVICE IS SUBJECT TO DAMAGE BY STATIC

ELECTRICITY. SEE E2454 BEFORE HANDLING.

N.C. ATTACH ITEM 1 TO ITEM 2 WITH ITEM 3. TIGHTEN ITEM 3 TO

.60 + .05Nm (5.3 + .5 IN-LBS).


N.A.
N.E.

N.D. ENCAPSULATION PER E1911-E TO A MINIMUM DEPTH SO ALL

N.E. OF THE COMPONENTS LEADS ARE COVERED.


1
BUY AS:
N.G.
N.E. PLACE BARCODED ASSEMBLY NUMBER IDENTIFICATION AND BARCODED

SERIAL NUMBER IDENTIFICATION IN AREA SHOWN.

N.F. DO NOT INSERT THESE COMPONENTS.

N.G. THESE COMPONENTS MUST BE COMPLETELY COVERED WITH ITEM 5.

2.09 3 N.C.
L11109-1A1

{
IDENTIFICATION CODE

2 BUY PER E3867


PART NO.
TEST PER E3856-RM
6.59

THIS SHEET CONTAINS PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OWNED BY THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY AND IS NOT TO BE REPRODUCED, DISCLOSED OR USED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY, CLEVELAND, OHIO U.S.A.
3 N.C. UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED TOLERANCE Chg. Sheet No. "X" INFO.
MANUFACTURING TOLERANCE PER E2056
ON 2 PLACE DECIMALS IS ± .02
DESIGN INFORMATION REFERENCE:
EQUIPMENT TYPE: INVERTER WELDERS

SOLID EDGE
6-2-2000A XM5626
ON 3 PLACE DECIMALS IS ± .002 DRAWN BY: M.D. G3443-1B2
ON ALL ANGLES IS ± .5 OF A DEGREE XC-UF SUBJECT: SPI REMOTE P.C. BOARD ASSEMBLY
EN-168

MATERIAL TOLERANCE (" t ") TO AGREE ENGINEER: SUPERSEDING:


WITH PUBLISHED STANDARDS.
DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING APPROVED: SCALE: FULL DATE: 3-3-99 DRAWING No.: L 11109-1
NOTE: Lincoln Electric assumes no responsibility for liablilities resulting from board level troubleshooting. PC Board repairs will invalidate your factory warranty. Individual Printed Circuit Board Components are not available from Lincoln Electric. This information is pro-
vided for reference only. Lincoln Electric discourages board level troubleshooting and repair since it may compromise the quality of the design and may result in danger to the Machine Operator or Technician. Improper PC board repairs could result in damage to the
machine.
V350-PRO
G-21 ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS G-21
SCHEMATIC-SNUBBER PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD

6-2-2000
S24761
NOTE: This diagram is for reference only. It may not be accurate for all machines covered by this manual.

V350-PRO
G-22 ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS G-22
PC BOARD ASSEMBLY-SNUBBER

ITEM REQ'D PART NO. DESCRIPTION


C1,C2,C3,C4 4 S20500-4 CAPACITOR,PPMF,.0047,1000V,BOX
1 R1,R3 2 T14648-20 RESISTOR,WW,5W,150,5%,SQ
R2,R4 2 T14648-25 RESISTOR,WW,5W,10,5%,SQ
N.A., N.B.
2.90 +.04 3
4 ITEM PART NO. DESCRIPTION QTY
1 M19532-A P.C. BOARD BLANK 1

2
C3

1
BOXCP4
M19532-

2 T13157-16 TAB TERMINAL 1


3 EYELET-FEMALE 4

RW5F
C1 T9147-11

RW5F
BOXCP4 R3 R1
4 T9147-15 EYELET-MALE 4

T14710
1.92 B10
1

B1
6
.275

2
QC1
R .045 NOTES:
N.A. FEMALE EYELET TO BE AGAINST THE COPPER SIDE AS SHOWN
BOXCP4
.285 EYELET MUST NOT SPIN AFTER CLINCHING.
C2 C4 MAX. N.B. SOLDER EYELET SO THAT SOLDER COVERS ENTIRE EYELET
2

2
2
BOXCP4
.105 AND ALL AROUND EYELET ON COPPER SIDE ONLY.
CRIMP NO ICICLES OR SOLDER BLOBS PERMITTED.
RW5F

RW5F
R2 R4
SNUBBER

HEIGHT COPPER
T14710

T14710

T14710
.55 B20 B30 B40
SIDE
1

EYELET DETAIL MANUFACTURED AS:


0

0 MAKE PER E1911


ENCAPSULATE WITH E1844, 2 COATS
M19532-1A0
.60 1.75 2.90 3.50 +.04 TEST PER E3817-SN
IDENTIFICATION CODE

THIS SHEET CONTAINS PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OWNED BY THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY AND IS NOT TO BE REPRODUCED, DISCLOSED OR USED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC COMPANY, CLEVELAND, OHIO U.S.A.
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED TOLERANCE Chg. Sheet No. "X" INFO. DESIGN INFORMATION REFERENCE:
MANUFACTURING TOLERANCE PER E2056 EQUIPMENT TYPE: INVERTER WELDERS

SOLID EDGE
ON 2 PLACE DECIMALS IS ± .02 6-2-2000 XM5626
ON 3 PLACE DECIMALS IS ± .002 DRAWN BY: F.V.
ON ALL ANGLES IS ± .5 OF A DEGREE XC-UF SUBJECT: SNUBBER P.C. BOARD ASSEMBLY
EN-166

MATERIAL TOLERANCE (" t ") TO AGREE ENGINEER: SUPERSEDING:


WITH PUBLISHED STANDARDS.
DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING APPROVED: SCALE: NONE DATE: 10-6-99 DRAWING No.: M 19532-1

NOTE: Lincoln Electric assumes no responsibility for liablilities resulting from board level troubleshooting. PC Board repairs will invalidate your factory warranty. Individual Printed Circuit Board Components are not available from Lincoln Electric. This information is pro-
vided for reference only. Lincoln Electric discourages board level troubleshooting and repair since it may compromise the quality of the design and may result in danger to the Machine Operator or Technician. Improper PC board repairs could result in damage to the
machine.
V350-PRO
SVM ERROR REPORTING FORM

We need to know if there are errors in our manuals. We also value any suggestions as to
additional tests or procedures that would make this SVM a better tool for you.

If you discover new or different “Problems or Symptoms” that are not covered in the three col-
umn troubleshooting chart, please share this information with us. Please include the
machine’s code number and how the problem was resolved.

Thank You,
Technical Services Group
Lincoln Electric Co.
22801 ST. Clair Ave.
Cleveland, Ohio 44117-1199

FAX 216-481-2309

SVM Number ___________________________

Page Number if necessary__________________

Your Company__________________________

Your Name_____________________________

Please give detailed description below:

___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________

SD287 01/99

You might also like